WO2023036050A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023036050A1
WO2023036050A1 PCT/CN2022/116586 CN2022116586W WO2023036050A1 WO 2023036050 A1 WO2023036050 A1 WO 2023036050A1 CN 2022116586 W CN2022116586 W CN 2022116586W WO 2023036050 A1 WO2023036050 A1 WO 2023036050A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
frame
field
ppdu
immediate response
receiving end
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/116586
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨博
陈鹏
季晨荷
胡寅亮
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023036050A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023036050A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/06Notations for structuring of protocol data, e.g. abstract syntax notation one [ASN.1]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/22Parsing or analysis of headers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the timing of the receiving end needs to meet the short interframe space (short interframe space, SIFS) timing requirement.
  • SIFS short interframe space
  • the sending end sends a data frame to the receiving end. If the data frame is successfully received by the receiving end, and the sending end requests the receiving end to feed back a response frame for the data frame, then the receiving end needs to feed back a response frame to the sending end at the end of the SIFS time.
  • the receiving end needs to send and receive data frames from the sending end.
  • the sending and receiving process at the receiving end may include the following operations: receiving data at a physical layer (PHY), processing data at a PHY, processing data at a media access control (MAC) layer, sending data at a PHY, and converting between sending and receiving.
  • PHY physical layer
  • MAC media access control
  • the present application provides a communication method and device, which can ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the requirement of SIFS timing.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a receiving end, and the receiving end can be an access point (access point, AP) or a station (station, STA).
  • the communication method includes: receiving a first physical layer protocol data unit (physical layer protocol data unit, PPDU); parsing the frame header of the first PPDU, the frame header includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that feedback is immediate frame.
  • AP access point
  • STA station
  • the receiving end when the receiving end parses the frame header of the first PPDU, it can determine that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back according to the indication of the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, so that the receiving end avoids the MAC After the layer finishes parsing the MPDU of the first PPDU, it can determine whether to feed back an immediate response frame. That is to say, the present application can determine in advance that the immediate response frame needs to be fed back, so that the receiving process of the receiving end can be made more flexible, and the timing of the receiving end can be guaranteed to meet the SIFS timing requirement.
  • the immediate response frame may be called a response frame, or an immediate feedback frame, or an immediate response frame, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the communication method described in the first aspect may further include: parsing a media access control (media access control, MAC) protocol data unit (MAC protocol data unit, MPDU); Generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate the reception result of the MPDU.
  • MAC media access control
  • MPDU MAC protocol data unit
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • L-STF and L-LTF can be generated by the PHY of the receiving end according to the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the receiving and processing process of the PPDU is extended by at least 16 microseconds to ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the SIFS timing requirements. Moreover, the processing timing requirements of the receiving end can be relaxed, so that the receiving processing of the receiving end is more flexible.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by a bandwidth field (bandwidth, BW) of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • BW bandwidth field
  • the sending bandwidth of the L-STF and L-LTF is the sending bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the receiving end parses the frame header of the first PPDU, it can obtain the transmission bandwidth of L-STF and L-LTF, and send L-STF and L-LTF according to the transmission bandwidth at the end of SIFS, which can ensure the reception The timing of the terminal meets the SIFS timing requirements.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the receiving end can determine the transmission power of L-STF and L-LTF, and send L-STF and L-LTF according to the transmission power at the end of SIFS, which can ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the timing requirements of SIFS and improve the efficiency of the receiving end Flexibility in sending L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: acknowledgment (ACKnowledgement, ACK) frame, block acknowledgment (block ACK, BA) frame, negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment, NACK) frame, null packet (null data packet, NDP) BA frame, BA target wake time (target wake time, TWT) TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short (short) TWT ACK frame, quality of service (quality of service, QoS) contention-free, CF) ACK frame (QoS+CF-ACK frame).
  • the BA TWT frame can be referred to as the BAT frame for short
  • the TWT ACK frame can be referred to as the TACK for short
  • the short TWT ACK frame can be referred to as the STACK frame for short.
  • the immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried in any of the following: universal signaling field (universal SIG, U-SIG), extremely high throughput (extremely high throughput, EHT) signaling field (EHT signal field, EHT) -SIG) public field or EHT-SIG user field.
  • universal signaling field universal SIG, U-SIG
  • EHT signaling field extremely high throughput
  • EHT signaling field EHT signal field, EHT
  • EHT-SIG extremely high throughput signaling field
  • public field public field
  • EHT-SIG user field public field
  • the communication method described in the first aspect may further include: generating the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU , the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or, generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second PPDU includes the second field.
  • the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
  • the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a sending end, and the sending end can be an AP or a STA.
  • the communication method includes: generating a first PPDU; a frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate a feedback immediate response frame; and sending the first PPDU.
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame or NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
  • the communication method described in the second aspect may further include: receiving a second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, and the second field includes an L-STF and L-LTF, the third field includes the immediate response frame.
  • the communication method described in the second aspect may further include: determining a receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the second PPDU.
  • a communication device in a third aspect, includes: a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive the first PPDU.
  • the processing module is configured to parse the frame header of the first PPDU, where the frame header includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate the feedback immediate response frame.
  • the processing module is further configured to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU.
  • the processing module is further configured to generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate a receiving result of the MPDU.
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
  • the processing module is further configured to generate the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or, processing The module is further configured to generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second PPDU includes the second field.
  • the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
  • the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device described in the third aspect
  • the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device described in the third aspect.
  • the communication device described in the third aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction
  • the communication device can execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
  • the communication device described in the third aspect may be the receiving end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end, or a device including the receiving end, which is not covered by this application. Do limited.
  • the receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, includes: a transceiver module and a processing module. Wherein, the processing module is configured to generate the first PPDU. Wherein, the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back. A transceiver module, configured to send the first PPDU.
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive a second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, and the third field includes an immediate response frame.
  • processing module is further configured to determine the receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the second PPDU.
  • the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device described in the fourth aspect
  • the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device described in the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device described in the fourth aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction
  • the communication device can execute the communication method described in the second aspect.
  • the communication device described in the fourth aspect may be the sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components arranged in the sending end, or a device including the sending end, which is not covered by this application. Do limited.
  • the sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • a communication device configured to execute the communication method described in any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the communication device described in the fifth aspect may be a receiving end or a sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end or sending end, or may include a receiving end or a
  • the device at the sending end is not limited in this application.
  • the receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • the sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • the receiving end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect
  • the sending end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the second aspect.
  • the communication device described in the fifth aspect includes corresponding modules, units, or means for implementing the communication method described in any one of the first to second aspects above, and the modules, units, or means can be Realized by hardware, realized by software, or realized by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units for performing the functions involved in the above-mentioned communication method.
  • a communication device in a sixth aspect, includes: a processor, configured to execute the communication method described in any one possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the communication device described in the sixth aspect may further include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the sixth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the communication device described in the sixth aspect may further include a memory.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor or set separately.
  • the memory may be used to store computer programs and/or data involved in the communication method described in any one of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the communication device described in the sixth aspect may be a receiving end or a sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end or sending end, or may include a receiving end or a
  • the device at the sending end is not limited in this application.
  • the receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • the sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • the receiving end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect
  • the sending end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the second aspect.
  • a communication device in a seventh aspect, includes: a processor, the processor is coupled with the memory, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes any one of the possible implementation manners in the first aspect to the second aspect. communication method.
  • the communication device described in the seventh aspect may further include a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the seventh aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
  • the communication device described in the seventh aspect may be a receiving end or a sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end or sending end, or may include a receiving end or a
  • the device at the sending end is not limited in this application.
  • the receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • the sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • the receiving end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect
  • the sending end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the second aspect.
  • a chip in an eighth aspect, includes a processing logic circuit and an interface circuit.
  • the number of processing logic circuits may be one or more, and the number of interface circuits may be more than one.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing logic circuit.
  • the processing logic circuit is configured to run the above code instructions to execute the communication method described in any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the chip may include a memory, and the memory may be integrated with the processing logic circuit or set separately.
  • the memory may be used to store computer programs and/or data involved in the communication method described in any one of the first aspect to the second aspect.
  • the chip described in the eighth aspect may be located at the receiving end or the transmitting end, and may be located in an AP in a communication system or an STA. Wherein, when the chip is located at the receiving end, it is used to implement the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect, and when the chip is located at the sending end, it is used to implement the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the second aspect. method.
  • a communication system in a ninth aspect, includes a first device (receiving end) and a second device (sending end).
  • the first device may be an STA or an AP
  • the second device may be an AP or an STA.
  • the first device may serve as a receiving end
  • the second device may serve as a sending end.
  • the first device is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect
  • the second device is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium includes instructions.
  • the instructions are executed by a processor, the The communication method is implemented.
  • a computer program product includes an instruction.
  • the instruction is executed by a processor, the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect to the second aspect is executed. accomplish.
  • a communication device includes a physical frame generation module, a physical frame demodulation module, a radio frequency transmission link module and a radio frequency reception link module, a MAC frame generation module and a MAC frame reception module.
  • the physical frame generation module, the physical frame demodulation module, the radio frequency transmission link module, and the radio frequency reception link module are used to realize the PHY function, and the MAC frame generation module and the MAC frame reception module are used to realize the MAC layer function.
  • the radio frequency receiving link module is used to receive the first PPDU;
  • the physical frame demodulation module is used to analyze the frame header of the first PPDU, which includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that the feedback is immediate response frame.
  • the MAC frame receiving module is configured to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU.
  • the MAC frame generating module is configured to generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate the receiving result of the MPDU.
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
  • the physical frame generation module is configured to generate the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or, The physical frame generating module is configured to generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second PPDU includes the second field.
  • the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction
  • the communication device can execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
  • the communication device described in the twelfth aspect may be the receiving end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end, or a device including the receiving end.
  • the receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • the technical effects of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect can refer to the technical effects of the communication method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a communication device in a thirteenth aspect, includes a physical frame generation module, a physical frame demodulation module, a radio frequency transmission link module and a radio frequency reception link module, a MAC frame generation module and a MAC frame reception module.
  • the physical frame generation module, the physical frame demodulation module, the radio frequency transmission link module, and the radio frequency reception link module are used to realize the PHY function, and the MAC frame generation module and the MAC frame reception module are used to realize the MAC layer function.
  • the MAC frame generation module and the physical frame generation module are used to generate the first PPDU.
  • the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back.
  • the radio frequency sending link module is configured to send the first PPDU.
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
  • the radio frequency receiving link module is used to receive the second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, and the third field includes an immediate response frame.
  • the physical frame demodulation module is used to analyze the second PPDU; the MAC frame receiving module is used to determine the reception result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the MPDU in the second PPDU.
  • the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module.
  • the processing module executes the program or instruction
  • the communication device can execute the communication method described in the second aspect.
  • the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may be the sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components arranged in the sending end, or a device including the sending end.
  • the sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a receiving end feeding back a response frame at the end of SIFS provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a sending and receiving process at a receiving end provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a process in which an existing receiving end sends and receives data frames from a sending end to send a response frame;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication device supporting multiple links for parallel transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the receiving end parsing the MPDU in the first PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a NACK frame provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another NACK frame provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a timing sequence of sending and receiving processing at a receiving end provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a data structure for performing PE filling on the first PPDU according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another data structure for performing PE filling on the first PPDU according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data structure of a first PPDU in a second scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a data structure of a second PPDU in a second scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of modules of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the 802.11be standard under discussion includes two versions: the first version (Release 1, R1) and the second version (Release 2, R2).
  • the difference between R1 and R2 mainly lies in the different characteristics.
  • R1 only involves some basic characteristics, and R2 will further involve some other characteristics to be determined.
  • the equipment of the first version can be called the equipment that implements the basic features of EHT.
  • the attribute value dot11EHTBaseLineFeaturesImplementedOnly in a management information base can be used to indicate that it is 1.
  • the device of the second version can be called a device that does not implement the basic features of EHT, or a device that implements advanced features of EHT, which can be indicated by using dot11EHTBaseLineFeaturesImplementedOnly as 0, which is not limited by the solution of the present invention.
  • the device of the first version may be referred to as the R1 device for short
  • the device of the second version may be referred to as the R2 device for short.
  • the signaling field in the physical layer preamble includes: reserved/unused bits (reserved bits), and the reserved/unused bits can be divided into ignore bits and confirmation bits.
  • the value of a (sub) field can be set to a reserved/unused state (entry), and the reserved/unused state (entry) can be divided into a ignore state and a confirmed state, which is set to a reserved/unused state
  • a certain (sub)field of an (entry) may also be called a ignore field or a validation field. For example, in the U-SIG field of EHT sounding NDP, there are 5 ignore bits and 3 confirm bits.
  • the R1 device does not parse the don't care bits, nor execute the function defined by the don't care bits, but parses the PPDU according to the process defined in the R1 standard.
  • the R1 device when receiving the PPDU, the R1 device will check whether the value of the confirmation bit is the value specified in the R1 standard, if yes, parse the PPDU according to the process defined in the R1 standard; if not, stop The PPDU is parsed and discarded.
  • the sender sends a data frame to the receiver and asks the receiver to feed back a response frame for the data frame, as shown in Table 1 below, when the sender sends a data frame, it will The frame header sets an ACK policy field, which can be used to indicate whether the receiving end needs to reply the response frame of the data frame, and in what format to reply the response frame, and the response frame can indicate whether the receiving end successfully received the data frame.
  • ACK policy field can be used to indicate whether the receiving end needs to reply the response frame of the data frame, and in what format to reply the response frame, and the response frame can indicate whether the receiving end successfully received the data frame.
  • the length of the ACK policy field can be 2 bits (bit), and the current WLAN standard defines 4 kinds of values of the ACK policy field.
  • the values of the 4 ACK policy fields please refer to Table 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the HETP in the above Table 1 can be understood as a high efficiency (high efficiency, HE) trigger based (TB) based physical frame (HE TB PPDU), which means that the ACK, Compressed (Compressed) carried in the HE TB PPDU BA or multi-STA (multi-STA) BA.
  • HETP ACK means an ACK frame that needs to wait for the trigger of the AP to send.
  • HETP ACK can also be understood as: the receiving end uses HE TB PPDU to reply ACK, compressed BA or multi-STA BA after SIFS.
  • SIFS refers to the time interval between a data frame and a response frame corresponding to the data frame.
  • the sending end sends a data frame to the receiving end, and requires the receiving end to feed back a response frame (such as an ACK frame) of the data frame
  • the receiving end needs to start from the time when the data frame is received , the SIFS time passes and the response frame of the data frame is fed back to the sender at the end of the SIFS time.
  • the receiving end needs to transmit the first sampling point of the time-domain waveform of the ACK frame from the antenna port.
  • the receiving end needs to send and receive data frames from the sending end to feed back a response frame to the sending end when the SIFS time ends.
  • the sending and receiving processing process of the receiving end may include the following operations: PHY receiving data, PHY processing data, MAC layer processing data, PHY sending data, sending and receiving conversion, and so on.
  • the PHY receiving data and the PHY processing data may be collectively referred to as PHY receiving and processing data.
  • the sending and receiving process at the receiving end may include the following processing delays: PHY receiving processing delay, MAC layer processing delay, PHY sending delay, and sending and receiving conversion delay.
  • the PHY reception processing delay can be understood as: the delay experienced by the PHY at the receiving end from receiving a signal from the antenna to transmitting the information of the signal to the upper layer (such as the MAC layer).
  • the PHY reception processing delay can be: the delay experienced by the PHY at the receiving end from receiving a useful signal from electromagnetic waves to processing the useful signal into information understandable by the upper layer.
  • the PHY receiving processing delay may include: PHY receiving (RX PHY) delay and PHY processing (RX processing) delay, the PHY receiving delay corresponds to the above-mentioned PHY receiving data operation, and the PHY processing delay corresponds to the above-mentioned PHY processing data operation.
  • the processing delay of the MAC layer can be understood as: after receiving the information of the physical layer, the time required for the MAC layer to perform operations such as MAC message parsing, verification, construction of a response frame, and sending parameters.
  • the MAC layer processing delay corresponds to the above MAC layer processing data operation.
  • the PHY transmission delay can be understood as: after the PHY receives the data frame of the MAC layer, the processing delay on the PHY transmission link, including the modulation and coding of the PHY, spatial mapping, and inverse fast Fourier transformation (IFFT) ) transformation and other operations.
  • the PHY sending delay corresponds to the above PHY sending data operation.
  • Transceiver switching delay can be understood as: the time required for the PHY radio frequency device to switch from the receiving state to the transmitting state, including the transmitting and receiving switching delay (RxTxSwitchTime) and the transmit ramp-up delay (TxRampOnTime). Transmitting and transmitting conversion delay corresponds to the above-mentioned transmitting and receiving conversion operation.
  • FIG. 3 is a process in which a conventional receiving end sends and receives data frames from a sending end to send a response frame.
  • the PPDU (carrying data frame) sent by the sending end to the receiving end includes a PPDU frame header and a payload
  • the payload of the PPDU includes one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM ) symbol (symbol) (three OFDM symbols are taken as an example in FIG. 3)
  • the payload of the PPDU is used to carry a MAC frame
  • the frame header of the MAC frame carries an ACK policy field.
  • the payload of the PPDU sent by the sender is 3 OFDM symbols, which are the first OFDM symbol, the second OFDM symbol, and the third OFDM symbol.
  • the PHY sequentially receives the frame header and payload of the PPDU from the sender, and sequentially processes the frame header and payload of the PPDU to obtain the MAC frame carried in the payload of the PPDU; then, reports the MAC frame to the MAC layer .
  • the PHY reception delay is the time period AB in FIG. 3
  • the PHY processing delay is the time period BC in FIG. 3 .
  • the MAC layer performs cyclic redundancy code (cyclic redundancy code, CRC) checking, address filtering, and ACK policy field checking on the MAC frame in sequence. After the MAC layer processes the data, the MAC layer at the receiving end needs to judge whether the ACK policy field indicates that a response frame needs to be replied.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy code
  • the terminal device needs to generate a response at the end of the MAC layer processing data (such as time D in Figure 3) and within the remaining time of SIFS (such as time period DE in Figure 3) frame, and send the response frame to the sender when the SIFS time ends (time E in Figure 3).
  • SIFS is the time period BE.
  • the reception processing at the receiving end has the following delays: PHY processing delay, MAC layer processing delay, and transmission processing delay.
  • the transmission processing delay is very short, and the PHY processing delay and MAC layer processing delay will occupy most of the time in SIFS.
  • the PHY processing delay or MAC layer processing delay will inevitably increase.
  • Complete the receive processing operation within For example, with the further improvement of spectrum efficiency in new-generation standards such as 802.11be (that is, Wi-Fi7), the maximum number of coded bits carried by each OFDM symbol is 47040 bits. In the 802.11ax standard (that is, Wi-Fi6), the maximum number of encoded bits carried by each OFDM symbol is only 19600 bits.
  • the bus rate and processing speed of the 802.11be-compliant device must be 240% of the 802.11ax-standard chip, resulting in an inevitable increase in the PHY reception processing delay, and the timing of the receiving end is difficult to meet the SIFS timing requirements.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a technical solution, and the technical solution includes a communication system, a communication method and a communication device applied to the communication system, and the like.
  • the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scenario of a wireless local area network, and can be applied to the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, IEEE) 802.11 system standard, such as the 802.11a/b/g standard, the 802.11n standard, and the 802.11ac standard , 802.11ax standard, or its next generation, such as the 802.11be standard or a later generation standard.
  • the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to wireless local area network systems such as an Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) network or a Vehicle to X (V2X, V2X) network.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • V2X Vehicle to X
  • the embodiment of the present application can also be applicable to other possible communication systems, for example, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division) duplex, TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), global interconnection microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, and future The sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) communication system and the communication system of the next generation are medium.
  • the communication system may include: one or more access points (access point, AP), and one or more stations (station, STA).
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • APs include AP1 and AP2
  • STAs include STA1 , STA2 and STA3 .
  • the AP can schedule radio resources for the STA, and transmit data for the STA on the scheduled radio resources.
  • AP1 may schedule wireless resources for STA1 and STA3, and transmit data for STA1 and STA3 on the scheduled wireless resources, and the data may include uplink data information and/or downlink data information.
  • one or more APs can communicate with one or more STAs.
  • APs can communicate with each other, and STAs can communicate with each other.
  • STA is used as a mobile phone and AP is used as a router as an example, which does not mean that the types of AP and STA in this document are limited. Moreover, the number of APs and STAs in FIG. 4 is only an example, and does not mean that the number of APs and STAs in the communication system herein is limited. The number of APs and STAs in the network architecture of the above-mentioned communication system can be more or less. few.
  • an AP may be a device deployed in a wireless communication network and providing wireless communication functions for its associated STAs.
  • APs can be deployed in homes, buildings, and campuses, and of course, they can also be deployed outdoors.
  • the coverage radius of an AP can be tens of meters to hundreds of meters.
  • AP is equivalent to a bridge connecting wired network and wireless network.
  • the role of the AP includes: connecting various wireless network clients together, and then connecting the wireless network to the Ethernet.
  • the AP may be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router) with a wireless-fidelity (wreless-fidelity, Wi-Fi) chip.
  • the AP can be a device supporting the 802.11be standard.
  • the AP may also be a device supporting multiple wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
  • the AP in this application may be an extremely high throughput (extramely high throughput, EHT) AP or a high efficient (high efficient, HE) AP, and may also be an access point applicable to a certain future generation of Wi-Fi standards. Wherein, the extremely high throughput rate may also be referred to as extremely high throughput.
  • the AP may include a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor is used to control and manage actions of the AP (such as analyzing signaling information, processing communication-related data, etc.), and the transceiver is used to receive or send information.
  • a STA may be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor, or a wireless communication terminal, etc., and may also be called a user (or user station).
  • STA can be a mobile phone supporting Wi-Fi communication function, a tablet computer supporting Wi-Fi communication function, a set-top box supporting Wi-Fi communication function, a smart TV supporting Wi-Fi communication function, a Wi-Fi communication function Smart wearable devices, in-vehicle communication devices supporting Wi-Fi communication functions, computers supporting Wi-Fi communication functions, etc.
  • the STA can support the 802.11be standard.
  • the STA can also support multiple wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN) standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
  • the STA in this application may be an extremely high throughput (extramely high throughput, EHT) STA or a high efficient (high efficient, HE) STA, and may also be a station applicable to a certain future generation of Wi-Fi standards.
  • the STA may include a processor and a transceiver.
  • the processor is used to control and manage actions of the STA (such as analyzing signaling information, processing communication-related data, etc.), and the transceiver is used to receive or send information.
  • the above-mentioned STA and AP may be: devices applied in the Internet of Vehicles, IoT nodes, sensors, etc. in the Internet of Things (IoT, internet of things), smart cameras in smart homes, smart remote controllers, smart Water meters, sensors in smart cities, etc., as well as communication servers, routers, switches, bridges, computers, mobile phones, etc.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • smart cameras in smart homes smart remote controllers
  • smart Water meters smart Water meters
  • sensors in smart cities, etc. as well as communication servers, routers, switches, bridges, computers, mobile phones, etc.
  • the APs and STAs involved in the embodiments of the present application may also be collectively referred to as WLAN communication devices.
  • the WLAN communication device may include a hardware structure and a software module.
  • the WLAN communication device may implement various communication functions (such as functions corresponding to the communication method in the embodiments herein) in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • a certain function among the various communication functions may be implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • the device sending data is the sending end, and the device receiving data is Receiving end.
  • the transmitting end can implement functions such as signal generation and transmission, and can be an AP or STA;
  • the receiving end can implement functions such as signal acquisition and processing, and can be an STA or AP.
  • AP1 sends data to STA1, AP1 is the sender, and STA1 is the receiver; in the downlink communication scenario, STA1 sends data to AP1, AP1 is the sender, and AP1 is the receiver.
  • one STA can send data to another STA, in this case the sending end and the receiving end are different STAs; one AP can send data to another AP, in this case The sending end and the receiving end are different APs.
  • the sending end can be used as the receiving end to realize functions such as signal acquisition and processing; the receiving end can be used as the sending end to realize functions such as signal generation and transmission.
  • a physical device can be the sender, or it can be the receiver, or both.
  • the communication device provided in this embodiment of the present application may be a wireless communication device that supports multiple links for parallel transmission, for example, it is called a multi-link device (Multi-link device) or a multi-band device (multi-band device). Compared with devices that only support single-link transmission, multi-link devices have higher transmission efficiency and higher throughput.
  • Multi-link device multi-link device
  • multi-band device multi-band device
  • a multi-link device includes one or more affiliated STAs (affiliated STAs).
  • An affiliated STA is a logical station that can work on one link.
  • the affiliated station may be an access point (Access Point, AP) or a non-Access Point Station (non-Access Point Station, non-AP STA).
  • the multi-link device whose affiliated site is AP can be called multi-link AP or multi-link AP device or AP multi-link device (AP multi-link device), and the affiliated site is non-
  • the multi-link device of the AP STA may be called a multi-link STA or a multi-link STA device or an STA multi-link device (STA multi-link device).
  • the multi-link device includes the subordinate STA is also briefly described as "the multi-link device includes the STA” in the embodiment of this application.
  • a multi-link device includes multiple logical sites, and each logical site works on one link, but allows multiple logical sites to work on the same link.
  • the link identifier mentioned below represents a station working on a link, that is, if there is more than one station on a link, more than one link identifier is required to represent them.
  • Multi-link devices can follow the 802.11 series protocol to achieve wireless communication, for example, follow the extremely high throughput (Extremely High Throughput, EHT) site, or follow the 802.11be-based or compatible 802.11be-supported site to achieve communication with other devices, of course Other devices may or may not be multilink devices.
  • EHT extremely High Throughput
  • the non-AP MLD involved in this application can be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor or a wireless communication terminal.
  • user terminals user devices, access devices, subscriber stations, subscriber units, mobile stations, user agents, and user equipment supporting Wi-Fi communication functions, among which, user terminals may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, internet of things (IoT) devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, and various forms of user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS ), terminal, terminal equipment, portable communication device, handset, portable computing device, entertainment device, gaming device or system, GPS device or any other device configured for network communication via a wireless medium suitable equipment etc.
  • IoT internet of things
  • non-AP MLD can support the 802.11be standard or the next-generation WLAN standard of 802.11be.
  • Non-AP MLD can also support multiple WLAN standards such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
  • the AP MLD involved in the embodiment of this application can be a device that is deployed in a wireless communication network to provide wireless communication functions for its associated non-AP, and is mainly deployed in homes, buildings, and campuses, with a typical coverage radius of tens of meters. Of course, it can also be deployed outdoors.
  • AP MLD is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network clients together, and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet.
  • the AP MLD can be a base station with a Wi-Fi chip, a router, a gateway, a repeater, a communication server, a switch or a bridge and other communication equipment, wherein the base station can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base station, relay station, etc.
  • the AP MLD can support the 802.11be standard or the next-generation WLAN standard of 802.11be.
  • AP MLD can also support WLAN standards such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b and 802.11a.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication device supporting multiple links for parallel transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to the above-mentioned communication system, and may be executed by the sending end and/or the receiving end in the above-mentioned communication system.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method includes S601-S603, which will be described in sequence below.
  • the sender generates a first PPDU.
  • the frame header of the first PPDU may include a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back.
  • the first field may also be used to indicate that the first field is ignored, or used to indicate whether an immediate response frame needs to be fed back according to the ACK policy field in the MPDU, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first field can indicate two situations, including situation 1 and situation 2. In case 1, the first field can indicate the feedback immediate response frame; in case 2, the first field can indicate that the first field is ignored, in other words, case 2 is used to indicate whether to feedback an immediate response according to the ACK policy field in the MPDU frame.
  • the first field in this embodiment of the present application may be called an immediate response indication field, or a similar concept such as an immediate response indication field, which is not limited in this application.
  • the above-mentioned first field may be implemented in the following manner: the first field is carried in any one of U-SIG, EHT-SIG common field (common field) or EHT-SIG user field (user field).
  • the first field can be carried in the above field to indicate the receiving end to feed back the immediate response frame, so as to improve the utilization rate of signaling.
  • the implementation manner of the first field is introduced below in conjunction with manner 1 to manner 3, which is not limited here.
  • the first field is carried in the U-SIG.
  • the reserved field in the U-SIG may be defined as the first field, that is, the U-SIG in the frame header of the first PPDU includes the first field.
  • one or more bits in B20-B24 or B25 of the first symbol of the U-SIG may be defined as the first field.
  • the B20 of the first symbol of U-SIG is defined as the first field.
  • the B20 of the first symbol of U-SIG indicates 1, it indicates a feedback immediate response frame; when U - When the B20 indication of the first symbol of the SIG is 0, it indicates that the B20 of the first symbol of the U-SIG is ignored. Or, define B20-B24 of the first symbol of U-SIG as the first field. In this case, it can be further defined that when the B20-B24 of the first symbol of U-SIG indicates all 1s (that is, B20 - When B24 are all 1), indicate feedback immediate response frame; when B20-B24 of the first symbol of U-SIG is not indicated as all 1, indicate to ignore B20-B24 of the first symbol of U-SIG.
  • the B25 of the first symbol of U-SIG is defined as the first field.
  • it can be further defined that when the B25 of the first symbol of U-SIG indicates 1, it indicates that the immediate response frame is fed back; when When the B25 indication of the first symbol of the U-SIG is 0, it indicates that the B20 of the first symbol of the U-SIG is ignored.
  • Bx-By is used to represent the xth bit
  • By is used to represent the yth bit
  • Bx-By is used to represent the xth bit to the yth bit
  • x and y are integers
  • B20-B24 represent the 21st to 25th bits.
  • the first field is carried in the public field of EHT-SIG.
  • the reserved field in the common field of the EHT-SIG may be defined as the first field, that is, the common field of the EHT-SIG in the frame header of the first PPDU includes the first field.
  • B13-B16 of the public field of the EHT-SIG may be defined as the first field.
  • the B13 of the public field of EHT-SIG as the first field, in this case, it can be further defined that when the B13 of the public field of EHT-SIG indicates 1, it indicates that the immediate response frame is fed back; when the EHT-SIG When the B13 indication of the public field of the EHT-SIG is 0, it indicates that the B13 of the public field of the EHT-SIG is ignored.
  • B13-B16 of the public field of EHT-SIG as the first field, in this case, it can be further defined that when B13-B16 of the public field of EHT-SIG indicates all 1s (that is, B13-B16 When both are 1), it indicates to feed back an immediate response frame; when B13-B16 of the common field of the EHT-SIG is not indicated as all 1, it indicates to ignore B13-B16 of the common field of the EHT-SIG.
  • the first field is carried in the user field of the EHT-SIG.
  • the reserved field in the EHT-SIG user field may be defined as the first field, that is, the EHT-SIG user field in the frame header of the first PPDU includes the first field.
  • the user field of EHT-SIG can be used to indicate user-related information for each receiving end, such as user identification (STA-ID), modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), coding method, spatial stream information wait.
  • STA-ID user identification
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • coding method spatial stream information wait.
  • B15 bit 15
  • B15 bit 15
  • B15 of the user field of non-MU-MIMO EHT-SIG can be defined as the first field. In this case, it can be further defined that when B15 of the user field of EHT-SIG indicates 1, it indicates that the feedback immediate response frame ; When B15 of the user field of the EHT-SIG indicates 0, it indicates that B15 of the user field of the EHT-SIG is ignored. In this way, the sending end can more finely determine which receiving ends need to feed back the immediate response frame, and which receiving ends ignore the indication of the first field, so that the sending end can more flexibly schedule the receiving end.
  • the implementation manners of the first field shown in the foregoing manners 1 to 3 may be applicable to the 802.11 system standard, such as the 802.11be standard or the next-generation standard, which is not limited in this application.
  • generating the first PPDU at the sending end may include: if the first condition or the second condition is satisfied, generating the first PPDU, the frame header of the first PPDU includes the first field, the first field Used to indicate Feedback Immediate Response frame.
  • the sending end requires the receiving end to feed back the immediate response frame of the first PPDU.
  • the first condition may include: the number of the receiving end is one, and the sending end requires the receiving end to feed back an immediate response frame.
  • the second condition may include: the number of receiving ends is multiple, and each receiving end does not use MU-MIMO, and the sending end requires each receiving end to feed back an immediate response frame, and the sending end requires each receiving end to use the first
  • the frequency resource feedback used by PPDU is the immediate response frame.
  • the second condition may also include that the sending end requires each receiving end to use the default power feedback to immediately respond to the frame.
  • the aforementioned sending end requesting the receiving end to feed back an immediate response frame can be understood as: when sending a data frame to the receiving end, the sending end expects the receiving end to reply the immediate response frame of the data frame.
  • the ACK policy of at least one MPDU is set to normal ACK, implicit BAR or HETP ACK.
  • the receiving end may use the second PPDU to feed back an immediate response frame (relevant descriptions may refer to the following S604-S609, which will not be described in detail here).
  • the above-mentioned sending end requires each The receiving end uses the frequency resources used by the first PPDU to feed back the immediate response frame, which can be understood as: the sending end requires each receiving end to use the frequency resources used by the first PPDU to feed back the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU; the above-mentioned sending end Requiring each receiving end to use the default power to feed back the immediate response frame may be understood as: the sending end requires each receiving end to use the default power to feed back the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU.
  • the transmission bandwidth may be the frequency resource used by the first PPDU
  • the transmission power of the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU may be the default power (such as the maximum power).
  • the sending end may use the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU to indicate the sending bandwidth of the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU.
  • the sending end may use the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU to indicate that the sending bandwidth of the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU is the frequency resource used by the first PPDU.
  • the above-mentioned first condition can be realized in a first scenario
  • the first scenario refers to a scenario in which a sending end communicates with a receiving end
  • the first scenario can also be referred to as a send-and-receive scenario.
  • the above-mentioned second condition can be realized in the second scenario.
  • the second scenario refers to a scenario in which a sender communicates with multiple receivers.
  • the sender is an AP and multiple receivers are STAs.
  • the second scenario It can also be called a send-multiple-receive scenario.
  • the sending end sends the first PPDU to the receiving end.
  • the receiving end receives the first PPDU from the sending end.
  • the receiving end parses the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the PHY at the receiving end may parse the frame header of the first PPDU to obtain the STA-ID field in the first field and the user field.
  • One or more STA-IDs may be included in the user field of the frame header of a PPDU.
  • the STA-ID is used to indicate the identity of the STA, and can help the STA determine whether the received PPDU is a PPDU sent to the STA.
  • STA2 After parsing, it is determined that there is a STA-ID consistent with the STA-ID of STA2 in the frame header of the PPDU, then it means that the PPDU is a PPDU sent to STA2, and STA2 can further Parse the payload portion of the PPDU.
  • the first PPDU is sent from the sending end to the receiving end, and the STA-ID consistent with the STA-ID of the receiving end exists in the first PPDU.
  • the sending end needs the receiving end to feed back the immediate response frame of the MAC frame in the first PPDU, therefore, the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU is used to indicate to feed back the immediate response frame.
  • the sender can determine that the first field in the first PPDU is used to indicate the feedback immediate response frame, and there is a STA-ID consistent with the STA-ID of the receiver in the first PPDU, but from the perspective of the receiver, The receiving end cannot pre-determine this information. Therefore, after the receiving end parses the frame header of the first PPDU and obtains the STA-ID field in the first field and the user field, it can perform the following steps 1 and 2 to determine whether immediate feedback is required. response frame.
  • Step 1 determine the information indicated by the first field of the frame header of the first PPDU, if the first field indicates a feedback immediate response frame, then perform the following step 2; if the first field indicates to ignore the first field, then ignore the first field.
  • the receiving end can parse the MPDU in the first PPDU to obtain the ACK policy field in the MPDU, and according to the ACK policy The indication of the field determines whether an immediate response frame is fed back.
  • Step 2 judge whether the STA-ID field in the user field of the frame header of the first PPDU includes the STA-ID of the receiving end, if the STA-ID field in the user field includes the STA-ID of the receiving end, then it is determined that it needs to be generated and fed back immediately Response frame; if the STA-ID field in the user field does not include the STA-ID of the receiving end, it can be determined that the first PPDU is not sent to the receiving end, and the first field can be ignored, which can also be understood as ignoring the first PPDU.
  • Step 3 judge whether the STA-ID field in the user field of the frame header of the first PPDU includes the STA-ID of the receiving end, if the STA-ID field in the user field includes the STA-ID of the receiving end, then perform step 4; if the user The STA-ID field in the field does not include the STA-ID of the receiving end, then the first PPDU can be ignored.
  • Step 4 Determine the information indicated by the first field. If the first field indicates that an immediate response frame is fed back, it is determined that an immediate response frame needs to be generated and fed back; if the first field indicates that the first field is ignored, the first field is ignored.
  • step 1 and step 2 are only to better explain the details of the implementation of the method of this application, and in the actual PPDU analysis, the internal implementation steps and sequence are not limited , it only needs to be able to realize the above functions, and there is no limitation in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the sending end may send the first PPDU to the receiving end, and the frame header of the first PPDU carries a first field, and the first field is used to indicate to feed back an immediate response frame.
  • the receiving end may determine that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back according to the indication of the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the receiving end needs to complete the analysis of the MPDU of the first PPDU at the MAC layer before determining that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back. That is to say, the present application can determine in advance that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back, so that The receiving processing of the receiving end can be made more flexible, and the timing of the receiving end can be guaranteed to meet the SIFS timing requirement.
  • the PHY of the receiving end may start to generate a second PPDU, and the second PPDU is used to carry the immediate response frame.
  • the PHY of the receiving end may start to generate a second PPDU, and the second PPDU is used to carry the immediate response frame.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, after the communication method S603 shown in FIG. 6 above, the following S604-S609 may also be included, the following Introduce separately.
  • the receiving end generates the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the second PPDU is used to carry the immediate response frame
  • the second PPDU may include two parts of fields, which are respectively the second field and the third field.
  • the second field may be a field generated by the PHY at the receiving end according to the frame header of the first PPDU when generating the second PPDU, wherein the second field may also be understood as a fixed sequence in the PPDU that has nothing to do with the MAC layer information, such as It can be the non-HT preamble (Non-HT preamble) of the start field of the physical frame, including L-STF and L-LTF.
  • S607 Non-HT preamble
  • the PHY of the receiving end may generate the second field according to the indication of the first field without waiting for the MAC layer to
  • the analysis result of the MPDU in the first PPDU that is, the time when the PHY of the receiving end generates the second field may be before or after the MAC layer parses the MPDU in the first PPDU.
  • the receiving end can continue to receive and The operation of parsing data improves processing efficiency.
  • the second field is usually located at the frame header of the second PPDU.
  • the above-mentioned second field may include L-STF and L-LTF of the frame header of the second PPDU, where the L-STF and L-LTF may be generated by the PHY at the receiving end according to the frame header of the first PPDU. That is to say, the second PPDU includes L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the receiving end needs 16 microseconds of sending time when sending L-STF and L-LTF, so that the process of receiving and processing the first PPDU at the receiving end can be extended by at least 16 microseconds, to ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the SIFS timing requirements. Moreover, the processing timing requirements of the receiving end can be relaxed, so that the receiving processing of the receiving end is more flexible.
  • the above-mentioned sending bandwidth of the second field may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the transmission bandwidth of L-STF and L-LTF may be indicated by the bandwidth field of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the bandwidth field of the frame header of the first PPDU may indicate that the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU is the frequency resource used by the first PPDU.
  • the receiving end may use the frequency resources used by the first PPDU to send the second field to the sending end.
  • the above-mentioned sending power of the second field may be determined by the receiving end, or the above-mentioned sending power of the L-STF and L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the receiving end can determine the sending power of the second field, and send the second field according to the sending power at the end of SIFS, which can ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the timing requirements of SIFS and improve the flexibility of sending the second field at the receiving end.
  • the second PPDU refers to the PPDU carrying the immediate response frame
  • the second field refers to the first part of the field in the second PPDU
  • the third field refers to the second part of the second PPDU field
  • the second part of the field is the remaining fields in the second PPDU other than the first part of the field.
  • the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF
  • the third field includes an immediate response frame, which will be described uniformly here and will not be repeated hereafter.
  • the receiving end parses the MPDU in the first PPDU.
  • the number of MPDUs contained in the payload in the first PPDU may be one or more, and the type of MPDU contained in the payload in the first PPDU may be MPDU, A-MPDU, S-MPDU, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the PHY of the receiving end can parse the load in the first PPDU, which contains at least one MPDU (hereinafter denoted as the first MPDU), and then transfer the load to the MAC layer of the receiving end; receiving
  • the MAC layer at the end can perform operations such as frame check sequence (frame check sequence, FCS) checking, ACK policy field inspection, etc. to the at least one first MPDU, and obtain at least one MPDU (hereinafter referred to as the second MPDU) that requires feedback of an immediate response frame.
  • the FCS check result refers to: the MPDU in which the ACK policy field in at least one first MPDU included in the payload of the first PPDU indicates to feed back an immediate response frame.
  • the receiving end may obtain at least one second MPDU after parsing the MPDU in the first PPDU.
  • the receiving end generates an immediate response frame according to the MPDU.
  • the immediate response frame is used to indicate the receiving result of the third MPDU
  • the third MPDU indicates the MPDU that the sending end instructs the receiving end to feed back, which is not limited in this application.
  • the third MPDU may include an MPDU in which the second MPDU indicates that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back; if the second MPDU is not a BAR, then the third MPDU may be the second MPDU.
  • the above immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • the ACK frame may be used to indicate that the MPDU in the first PPDU is successfully received
  • the BA frame may be used to indicate the receiving result of multiple third MPDUs.
  • a NACK frame may be used to indicate that the third MPDU was not successfully received.
  • the NDP BA frame may be used to indicate the reception result of one or more third MPDUs
  • the short TWT ACK frame may be used to indicate the reception result of the third MPDU
  • the TWT ACK frame may be used to indicate the reception result of the third MPDU.
  • the BA TWT frame may be used to indicate the reception result of a plurality of third MPDUs.
  • the QoS+CF-ACK frame may be used to indicate the reception result of the third MPDU.
  • the above receiving result can be understood as: whether at least one third MPDU sent by the sender is successfully received.
  • the BA frame can be used to indicate that the N third MPDUs were successfully received and the M third MPDUs were not successfully received.
  • N can be a positive integer greater than or equal to
  • M can be a positive integer greater than or equal to
  • other types of immediate response frames are taken as an example, and will not be repeated here.
  • the BA frame can be indicated in the form of a bitmap (bitmap), and the bitmap can include multiple bits, each bit corresponds to an MPDU, and each bit can be used to indicate the reception result of an MPDU, for example, setting A bit of 0 indicates that the MPDU corresponding to this bit has not been successfully received, and a bit set to 1 indicates that the MPDU corresponding to this bit has been successfully received.
  • bitmap bitmap
  • the bitmap in the BA frame is 011000
  • the bits in 011000 correspond to MPDU1 ⁇ MPDU6 in order from left to right
  • the bitmap can indicate that MPDU1, MPDU4 ⁇ MPDU6 were not successfully received, and MPDU2 , MPDU3 is successfully received.
  • the receiving end may generate an immediate response frame according to the FCS check result of at least one third MPDU.
  • the FCS check result is that the FCS check of the third MPDU is correct
  • an ACK frame or a BA frame is generated
  • the FCS check result is the FCS of all the third MPDU check error
  • the bitmap (bitmap) of the BA frame is used to indicate that all the third MPDUs have not been successfully received, for example, the bitmap of the BA frame can be all 0, to indicate that all the third MPDU Three MPDUs were not successfully received.
  • the above-mentioned immediate response frame may include a frame control (frame control) field
  • the frame control field may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the receiving end when it generates the NACK frame, it can use the type field, the subtype field and the control frame extension field to jointly indicate that the immediate response frame is a NACK frame.
  • the implementation methods may include the following modes 4 to 5, which will be introduced respectively below.
  • Mode 4 using the type field and the subtype field to indicate: the type of the immediate response frame is indicated by the extension field of the control frame.
  • the type field indicates 1 and the subtype field indicates 6, then the type indicating the immediate response frame is indicated by the control frame extension field.
  • the reserved value in the extension field of the control frame may be used to indicate that the type of the immediate response frame is a NACK frame.
  • the type field indicates 1, the subtype field indicates 6, and indicates that the type of the immediate response frame is indicated by the control frame extension field, wherein, when the control frame extension field indicates 0000, 0001 or 1011 ⁇ When one or more of 1111 are selected, it may indicate that the type of the immediate response frame is a NACK frame, indicating that the receiving end has received the first PPDU but failed to receive it.
  • the control frame extension field indicates 0000, 0001 or 1011-1111
  • the format of the NACK frame may be as shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the type field and the subtype field are used to indicate the type of the immediate response frame.
  • the type field indicates 1 and the subtype field indicates one or more of 0, 1, 2 or 15, it indicates that the type of the immediate response frame is a NACK frame, indicating that the receiving end receives to the first PPDU, but failed to receive.
  • the format of the NACK frame may be as shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the receiving end may not generate an immediate response frame, that is, neither generate the third field nor send the third field in the second PPDU. In this way, when the sending end does not receive the third field within the specified time, it can determine that the immediate response frame is a NACK frame, and the receiving end fails to receive the first PPDU after receiving the first PPDU. This implicitly indicates that the immediate response frame is a NACK frame.
  • the receiving end generates a third field in the second PPDU according to the immediate response frame.
  • the third field is another part of fields in the second PPDU, and the third field includes an immediate response frame, that is, the immediate response frame can be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the third field may include the remainder of the frame header of the second PPDU and a PHY service data unit (PHY service data unit, PSDU), the PSDU includes The immediate response frame above.
  • the third field may be a field generated by the PHY of the receiving end according to the MAC layer transmission parameter indication and the MAC layer payload (including the immediate response frame) when generating the second PPDU.
  • the MAC layer of the receiving end can generate the MAC layer load (including the immediate response frame) and the sending parameter indication of the MAC layer according to the analysis result of the MPDU of the first PPDU, and then send the MAC layer to the PHY Layer payload and MAC layer transmission parameter indication; the PHY at the receiving end may generate the third field according to the MAC layer payload from the MAC layer and the MAC layer transmission parameter indication.
  • the transmission parameter indication of the MAC layer can be understood as: transmission parameters such as transmission bandwidth, transmission power, and MCS
  • the MAC layer payload can be understood as an MPDU generated by the MAC layer, that is, including an immediate response frame.
  • the receiving end sends the second PPDU to the sending end.
  • the sending end receives the second PPDU from the receiving end.
  • the second PPDU may include the second field and the third field, and when sending the second PPDU, the receiving end may send the second field and the third field of the second PPDU in sequence.
  • the PHY at the receiving end may send the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU to the sending end when the SIFS ends.
  • the receiving end may send the third field in the second PPDU to the sending end when the sending time of the second field ends.
  • the transmission power of the third field may be indicated by the Triggered Response Scheduling (triggered response scheduling, TRS) control (Control) field in the trigger (Trigger) frame or MPDU
  • the transmission bandwidth of the third field may be indicated by the MPDU contained in the first PPDU
  • the resource unit indication (RU allocation) field in the RU allocation field indicates, for example, the transmission bandwidth of the third field is indicated by the RU allocation field in the Trigger frame, or indicated by the RU allocation field in the TRS control field in the MPDU.
  • the sending end may send a first PPDU to the receiving end, where a frame header of the first PPDU carries a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back.
  • the receiving end can continue to receive and process the first PPDU, such as parsing the first PPDU to generate the third field, that is, it can continue to execute the above S605- One or more steps in S607.
  • the end time of the reception process of the first PPDU by the receiving end may be before the end of the sending time of the second field.
  • the end time of the receiving process of the first PPDU needs to be before the end of the SIFS. Therefore, this application can relax the PHY processing delay, MAC layer processing delay and transmission processing delay, that is, it can prolong the reception and processing time of the PPDU at the receiving end, and ensure that the processing timing of the receiving end meets the SIFS timing requirements, and can pass Relaxing the processing timing requirements of the receiving end makes the receiving processing of the receiving end more flexible.
  • the above S604 and S608 may be summarized as sending the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second PPDU includes the second field.
  • the above S607 and S608 can be summarized as sending the second PPDU according to the immediate response frame, and the second PPDU includes the third field, which is not limited in this application.
  • the sending end determines a receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the second PPDU.
  • the sending end may parse the immediate response frame in the second PPDU, and determine the reception result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the immediate response frame.
  • the immediate response frame in the second PPDU is an ACK frame, it may be determined that the MPDU in the first PPDU is sent successfully.
  • the immediate response frame in the second PPDU is a BA frame, it may be determined which MPDUs are successfully sent and which MPDUs are failed to be sent according to the indication of the bitmap in the BA frame.
  • the sending end does not support the NACK frame, and does not analyze that the immediate response frame in the second PPDU is an ACK frame, it can be determined that the MPDU in the first PPDU fails to be sent.
  • the sending end supports NACK frames, and the immediate response frame in the second PPDU is a NACK frame, it can be determined that the MPDU in the first PPDU fails to be sent.
  • the receiving end may not generate an immediate response frame, that is, the third field is not generated, and the third field in the second PPDU is not sent. Therefore, if the sending end supports NACK frames and specifies If the third field is not received within the time, it can be determined that the MPDU in the first PPDU fails to be sent.
  • the PPDU in this embodiment of the present application includes the above-mentioned first PPDU and second PPDU.
  • the first PPDU may be an EHT PPDU or a PPDU of a later version
  • the second PPDU may be a PPDU of any format.
  • the type of the MAC frame in the above-mentioned first PPDU can be any of the following: data frame, request to send (request to send, RTS) frame, power save poll (power save poll, PS-Poll) frame , high throughput (high throughput, HT) explicit (null data packet, NDP) frame, very high throughput (very high throughput, VHT) null data packet announcement (null data packet announcement, NDPA) And NDP frame (can be represented by VHT NDPA+NDP frame), VHT beamforming report poll (beamforming report poll, BFRP) frame, basic (Basic) trigger (Trigger) frame, BFRP Trigger frame, multi-user request to send (multi -user request to send, MU-RTS) Trigger frame, multi-user block ack request (multi-user block ack request, MU-BAR) Trigger frame, buffer status report poll (buffer status report poll, BSRP) Trigger frame, group Broadcast retransmission
  • the type of the above-mentioned immediate response frame can be any of the following: ACK frame, clear to send frame (CTS), beamforming report (beamforming report, BFR) frame, VHT compressed (compressed) BFR frame, quality of service (quality of service, QoS) data (Data) frame, high efficiency (high efficiency, HE) compressed BFRP frame, BA frame, multi STA-BA (MultiSTA-BA) frame, QoS empty (Null) Data frame, NDP feedback (feedback )frame.
  • Table 5 is the corresponding relationship between the type of the MAC frame in the first PPDU and the type of the immediate response frame, as shown in Table 5 below, taking the type of the MAC frame in the first PPDU as an RTS frame as an example, the immediate response frame corresponding to the RTS frame
  • the type of can be a CTS frame, that is, when the MAC frame in the first PPDU is an RTS frame, the immediate response frame fed back by the receiving end can be a CTS frame.
  • Type of MAC frame in the first PPDU Type of immediate response frame
  • Data Frame ACK frame RTS frame CTS frame PS-Poll frame ACK frame HT explicit NDP frame
  • BFR frame VHT NDPA+NDP frame
  • VHT Compressed BFR frame VHT BFRP frame
  • Basic Trigger frame QoS Data frame BFRP Trigger frame HE compressed BFRP frame
  • MU-RTS Trigger frame
  • CTS frame MU-BAR Trigger frame BA frame or MultiSTA-BA frame
  • BSRP Trigger frame QoS Null Data frame
  • GCR MU-BAR Trigger frame BA frame
  • BQRP Trigger frame QoS Null Data frame NFRP Trigger frame NDP feedback frame
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a timing sequence of sending and receiving processing at the receiving end provided by an embodiment of the present application. The above-mentioned processes of S601 to S609 will be described below with reference to FIG. 11 .
  • the first PPDU (carrying a data frame) sent by the sending end to the receiving end includes a PPDU frame header and a payload
  • the payload of the PPDU includes one or more OFDM symbols (represented in FIG. 11 as 3 OFDM symbols as an example)
  • the payload of the PPDU is used to carry a MAC frame
  • the frame header of the MAC frame carries an ACK policy field.
  • the payload of the PPDU sent by the sender is 3 OFDM symbols, which are the first OFDM symbol, the second OFDM symbol, and the third OFDM symbol.
  • the receiving end completes the parsing of the PHY frame header of the first PPDU, and obtains the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the first field indicates a feedback immediate response frame.
  • the receiving end may generate the second field according to the indication of the first field, and send the second field when the SIFS ends (time D in FIG. 11 ).
  • the receiving end can perform the following operations: the PHY of the receiving end can receive and process the first PPDU, including receiving and processing the 3 OFDM symbols in the first PPDU, and obtain The MPDU in the first PPDU is sent to the MAC layer; the MAC layer at the receiving end performs a MAC receiving processing operation to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU to generate an immediate response frame; the MAC layer at the receiving end instructs the PHY layer to generate a third field, which The third field is used to carry the immediate response frame.
  • the MAC layer at the receiving end may send the third field when the sending time of the second field ends (time E in FIG. 11 ).
  • the end time of receiving processing of the first PPDU by the receiving end may be located before the second field.
  • the end time of receiving processing of the first PPDU at the receiving end needs to be before the end of the SIFS. In this way, the present application can extend the receiving and processing time of the PPDU at the receiving end, ensure that the processing timing of the receiving end meets the SIFS timing requirement, and relax the processing timing requirement of the receiving end, making the receiving and processing of the receiving end more flexible.
  • a sending processing delay (not shown in FIG. 11 ) may also be included, and the sending processing delay is located between the MAC layer processing delay and time E.
  • the receiving end may perform a sending processing operation of the third field of the second PPDU, so as to send the third field of the second PPDU at time E.
  • the sending end when the sending end generates the first PPDU, the sending end may perform MAC padding on the first PPDU.
  • the details are as follows: when generating the MAC frame of the first PPDU, the MAC layer of the sending end may add a padding field after the valid data of the MAC frame, that is, add a part of invalid data bits after the MAC frame as a new MAC frame.
  • the receiving end after receiving valid data in the MAC frame (shown as DATA in FIG. 12 ), the receiving end can perform data verification and generate an immediate response frame. Then, after receiving all the data in the MAC frame (including valid data and filling fields), the receiving end sends an immediate response frame to the sending end through SIFS.
  • the receiving and processing time of the PPDU at the receiving end can be further extended, the processing timing of the receiving end can be guaranteed to meet the SIFS timing requirement, and the processing timing requirement of the receiving end can be relaxed, making the receiving and processing of the receiving end more flexible.
  • the sending end when the sending end generates the first PPDU, the sending end may perform packet extension (packet extension, PE) padding on the first PPDU. Details as follows:
  • the PHY at the sending end may add a PE padding field at the end of the first PPDU after generating the first PPDU.
  • the receiving end may send the obtained MPDU to the MAC layer after receiving the data other than the PE filling field in the first PPDU, and the MAC layer of the receiving end performs data verification and generates an immediate response frame.
  • the PHY at the receiving end After receiving all the data in the first PPDU, the PHY at the receiving end sends an immediate response frame to the sending end through SIFS. In this way, the receiving and processing time of the PPDU at the receiving end can be further extended, the processing timing of the receiving end can be guaranteed to meet the SIFS timing requirement, and the processing timing requirement of the receiving end can be relaxed, making the receiving and processing of the receiving end more flexible.
  • the sender may add feedforward error correction (forward error correction, FEC) output bits (FEC output bits) at the PHY layer
  • FEC feedforward error correction
  • FEC output bits FEC output bits
  • LDPC/base station color code binary convolutional code, BCC
  • the PE padding field does not need to be coded and modulated by the physical layer, and is used by the physical layer. Arbitrary sequence constructs.
  • the receiving end can infer the length of post FEC padding according to the pre-FEC padding factor (pre-FEC padding factor) information in HE-SIG-A or EHT-SIG; according to the PPE threshold present (PPE threshold present) field and the length of the nominal packet padding (nominal packet padding) field to infer the length of the PE; according to the length of the L-length (L-length) to infer the length of the data field (that is, valid data), after receiving the data field (also That is valid data) after the last bit, check the data and generate an immediate response frame.
  • the length of post FEC padding is not fixed and is related to the length of the data to be sent.
  • the maximum length of PE is 16us/20us. In this way, an additional 16us/20us processing delay can be obtained for the receiving end.
  • the sending end may not perform MAC padding or PE padding on the first PPDU, which can improve transmission efficiency.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to the following two scenarios.
  • a sender communicates with a receiver.
  • AP1 is the sending end
  • STA1 is the receiving end
  • AP1 may use S601 to generate a first PPDU, where a frame header of the first PPDU carries a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back.
  • AP1 sends the first PPDU to STA1 (as in S602 above).
  • STA1 analyzes the first PPDU from AP1 and determines that the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU indicates an immediate response frame, and can generate the second field in the second PPDU.
  • the specific implementation process can refer to the above S603-S604 .
  • STA1 can further analyze the MPDU of the first PPDU, generate an immediate response frame based on the MPDU, and generate the third field in the second PPDU based on the immediate response frame.
  • the specific implementation process refer to the above S605-S607.
  • STA1 may send the second PPDU to AP1, that is, send the second field and the third field of the second PPDU to AP1 in sequence, wherein the transmission power of the second field is determined by STA1, for example, the transmission power is determined to be the maximum power, the second
  • the transmission bandwidth of the second field is the transmission bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the transmission bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU is 20MHz
  • the transmission bandwidth of the second field is 20MHz, that is, the transmission bandwidth of the first PPDU
  • the sending bandwidth of the second field may be the same as the sending bandwidth of the first PPDU.
  • the transmission power of the third field may be determined by STA1, and the transmission bandwidth of the third field may be the transmission bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU, and the specific implementation process may refer to the above S608.
  • AP1 may determine the receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the third field, as in S609 above.
  • the sending end may be an AP or an STA
  • the receiving end may be an AP or an STA, which is not limited in this application.
  • one sender communicates with multiple receivers, the sender is an AP, and the multiple receivers are STAs.
  • AP1 communicates with STA1 ⁇ STA3 respectively, AP1 is the sending end, and STA1 ⁇ STA3 are receiving ends.
  • AP1 can use S601 to generate the first PPDU, as shown in Figure 14, the frame header of the first PPDU can carry the first field, the first field is used to indicate that STA1 ⁇ STA3 need to feed back the immediate response frame, and, in the first PPDU
  • the PPDU also includes A-MPDUs sent to STA1-STA3 respectively.
  • AP1 sends the first PPDU to STA1-STA3 (such as S602 above).
  • STA1 ⁇ STA3 need to analyze the first PPDU and feed back an immediate response frame to AP1. As shown in Figure 15, STA1 ⁇ STA3 feed back the second PPDU to AP1 in OFDMA transmission mode, and the second PPDU replied by STA1 ⁇ STA3 Both include an immediate response frame (BA frame in FIG. 15 ).
  • the process is explained below by taking STA2 as an example. It can be understood that the execution process of STA1 and STA3 can refer to the execution process of STA2.
  • STA2 can analyze the first PPDU from AP1, and when it is determined that the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU indicates that STA2 feeds back an immediate response frame, it can generate the second field in the second PPDU and send it to AP1
  • the specific implementation process can refer to the above S603-S604.
  • STA2 can further analyze the A-MPDU of the first PPDU, generate an immediate response frame based on the A-MPDU, and generate the third field in the second PPDU based on the immediate response frame.
  • A-MPDU of the first PPDU generates an immediate response frame based on the A-MPDU
  • the third field in the second PPDU based on the immediate response frame.
  • STA2 may send the second PPDU to AP1, that is, send the second field and the third field of the second PPDU to AP1 in sequence, where the transmission power of the second field may be determined by STA2, for example, determine that the transmission power is the maximum power,
  • the transmission bandwidth of the second field is indicated by the BW field and RU allocation field of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the transmission bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU is 26-tone RU 1
  • the transmission bandwidth of the second field It is 20MHz where 26-tone RU 1 is located.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the third field can be indicated by the RU allocation field in the MPDU contained in the first PPDU.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the third field is indicated by the RU allocation field in the Trigger frame, or by the RU in the TRS control field in the MPDU
  • the allocation field indicates that the transmission power of the third field can be indicated by the TRS Control field or the Trigger frame in the A-MPDU.
  • the value indicated by the RU allocation field in the MPDU is the same as the value indicated by the RU allocation field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the specific implementation process can refer to the above S608.
  • AP1 may determine the receiving result of the A-MPDU in the first PPDU according to the third field, as in S609 above.
  • the second scenario is a downlink OFDMA scenario, and each STA does not use MU-MIMO.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspectives of the receiving end and the sending end respectively.
  • the receiving end and the transmitting end may include a hardware structure and a software module, and realize the above-mentioned functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • a certain function among the above-mentioned functions may be implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of modules of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1600 may include a processing module 1601 and a transceiver module 1602 .
  • the processing module 1601 of the communication device 1600 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1602 of the communication device 1600 may be a transceiver.
  • the communications apparatus 1600 may be a receiving end.
  • the communication device 1600 may be, for example, an access point or a station, or the communication device is deployed at an access point or a station.
  • the transceiver module 1602 is configured to receive the first PPDU.
  • the processing module 1601 is configured to parse the frame header of the first PPDU, where the frame header includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back.
  • the processing module 1601 is also configured to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU.
  • the processing module 1601 is further configured to generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, where the immediate response frame is used to indicate a receiving result of the MPDU.
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
  • the processing module 1601 is further configured to generate the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or, The processing module 1601 is further configured to generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second PPDU includes the second field.
  • the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
  • the communications apparatus 1600 may be a sending end.
  • the communication device 1600 may be, for example, an access point or a station, or the communication device is deployed at an access point or a station.
  • the processing module 1601 is configured to generate the first PPDU.
  • the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back.
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
  • the transceiver module 1602 is also configured to receive a second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, and the third field includes an immediate response frame .
  • processing module 1601 is further configured to determine the receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the second PPDU.
  • Figure 17 is a block diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • the communication device 1700 includes a physical frame generation module 1703, a physical frame demodulation module 1704, a radio frequency transmission link module 1705 and a radio frequency A link module 1706 , a MAC frame generating module 1701 and a MAC frame receiving module 1702 .
  • the physical frame generation module 1703, the physical frame demodulation module 1704, the radio frequency transmission link module 1705, and the radio frequency reception link module 1706 are used to realize the PHY function
  • the MAC frame generation module 1701 and the MAC frame reception module 1702 are used to realize the MAC layer function.
  • the radio frequency receiving link module 1706 is configured to receive the first PPDU; the physical frame demodulation module 1704 is configured to parse the frame header of the first PPDU, the frame header includes a first field, the first PPDU One field is used to indicate feedback immediate response frame.
  • the MAC frame receiving module 1702 is configured to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU.
  • the MAC frame generating module 1701 is configured to generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate the receiving result of the MPDU.
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
  • the physical frame generation module 1703 is configured to generate the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or , a physical frame generating module 1703, configured to generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second PPDU includes the second field.
  • the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
  • the MAC frame generating module 1701 and the physical frame generating module 1703 are configured to generate the first PPDU.
  • the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back.
  • the radio frequency sending link module 1705 is configured to send the first PPDU.
  • the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
  • the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
  • the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
  • the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
  • the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
  • an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
  • the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
  • the radio frequency receiving link module 1706 is configured to receive the second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, and the third field includes immediate response frame.
  • the physical frame demodulation module 1704 is configured to parse the second PPDU; the MAC frame receiving module 1702 is configured to determine a receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the MPDU in the second PPDU.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1800 includes a processor 1801 and a transceiver 1802 .
  • the communication device 1800 may be the first MLD or the second MLD, or a chip therein.
  • FIG. 18 shows only the main components of the communication device 1800 .
  • the communication device may further include a memory 1803 and an input and output device (not shown in the figure).
  • the processor 1801 is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
  • the memory 1803 is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the transceiver 1802 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna, and the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting a baseband signal to a radio frequency signal and processing the radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor 1801, the transceiver 1802, and the memory 1803 may be connected through a communication bus.
  • the processor 1801 can read the software program in the memory 1803, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 1801 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1801, and the processor 1801 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data deal with.
  • the radio frequency circuit and the antenna can be set independently from the processor for baseband processing.
  • the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely from the communication device.
  • the present application also provides a chip, which can realize the functions of any one of the above method embodiments by executing computer programs or instructions.
  • a communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
  • the communication device may be:
  • a set of one or more ICs may also include storage components for storing data and instructions;
  • ASIC such as modem (Modem);
  • Receivers smart terminals, wireless devices, handsets, mobile units, vehicle-mounted devices, cloud devices, artificial intelligence devices, etc.;
  • the chip can be implemented by a processor, and the processor can be used to perform, for example but not limited to, baseband-related processing, and the chip can also include a transceiver, the transceiver Transceivers may be used to perform, for example but not limited to, radio frequency transceiving.
  • the above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on independent chips, or at least partly or all of them may be arranged on the same chip.
  • processors can be further divided into analog baseband processors and digital baseband processors. Wherein, the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on an independent chip.
  • a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) integrated on the same chip.
  • application processors such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.
  • Such a chip can be called a system chip (system on chip). Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated and arranged on one or more chips often depends on the specific needs of product design.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the specific implementation forms of the foregoing devices.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed by a computer, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any one of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the present application also provides a chip or a chip system.
  • the chip or system-on-a-chip includes processing logic circuits and interface circuits.
  • the number of processing logic circuits may be one or more, and the number of interface circuits may be one or more.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing logic circuit.
  • the processing logic circuit is configured to run the above-mentioned code instructions to realize the functions of any one of the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • the chip may include a memory, and the memory may be integrated with the processing logic circuit or set separately.
  • the memory may be used to store computer programs and/or data involved in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the chip or the chip system may be located at the receiving end or the transmitting end, and may be located in an AP in a communication system or an STA.
  • the chip when the chip is located at the receiving end, it is used to realize the functions of the receiving end in any of the above method embodiments, and when the chip is located at the sending end, it is used to realize the functions of the sending end in any of the above method embodiments.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design scheme described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. Rather, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
  • Multiple means two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently.
  • the singular forms “a”, “an” and “the” do not mean “one or only one” but “one or more” unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. in one".
  • a device means reference to one or more such devices.
  • at least one (at least one of). «" means one or any combination of subsequent associated objects, such as "at least one of A, B and C” includes A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, or ABC.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory (random access memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or known in the art any other form of storage medium.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the network device or the terminal device as discrete components.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media. Described usable medium can be magnetic medium, for example, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape; It can also be optical medium, for example, digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD); It can also be semiconductor medium, for example, solid state drive (solid state drive) , SSD).
  • references to "an embodiment” throughout the specification mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, various embodiments are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment throughout the specification. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It can be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the serial numbers of the processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of communications, and discloses a communication method and an apparatus, which may ensure that the timing of a receiving end meets SIFS timing requirements. The communication method comprises: receiving a first PPDU; and parsing a frame header of the first PPDU, wherein the frame header comprises a first field, and the first field is used to indicate to feed back an immediate response frame. In other words, when parsing the frame header of the first PPDU, the receiving end may determine according to the indication of the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU that the immediate response frame needs to be fed back, so that the receiving end avoids only being able to determine whether the immediate response frame needs to be fed back after a MAC layer completes the parsing of an MPDU of the first PPDU,. That is to say, in the present application, it can be determined in advance that the immediate response frame needs to be fed back, so that the receiving processing of the receiving end can be more flexible, thus ensuring that the timing of the receiving end meets the SIFS timing requirements.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
本申请要求于2021年09月08日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202111052078.4、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202111052078.4 and the application name "A Communication Method and Device" submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on September 08, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference .
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the communication field, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
在当前的无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)标准中,接收端的时序需要满足短帧间间隔(short interframe space,SIFS)时序要求。发送端向接收端发送数据帧,若数据帧被接收端成功接收,且发送端要求接收端反馈该数据帧的响应帧,那么接收端需要在SIFS时间结束时向发送端反馈响应帧。In the current wireless local area network (wireless local area network, WLAN) standard, the timing of the receiving end needs to meet the short interframe space (short interframe space, SIFS) timing requirement. The sending end sends a data frame to the receiving end. If the data frame is successfully received by the receiving end, and the sending end requests the receiving end to feed back a response frame for the data frame, then the receiving end needs to feed back a response frame to the sending end at the end of the SIFS time.
在SIFS内,接收端需要对来自发送端的数据帧进行收发处理。其中,接收端的收发处理过程可以包括如下操作:物理层(physical layer,PHY)接收数据、PHY处理数据、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层处理数据、PHY发送数据、收发转换等。In SIFS, the receiving end needs to send and receive data frames from the sending end. Wherein, the sending and receiving process at the receiving end may include the following operations: receiving data at a physical layer (PHY), processing data at a PHY, processing data at a media access control (MAC) layer, sending data at a PHY, and converting between sending and receiving.
随着物理层编码长度的增加、WLAN技术复杂度的上升,接收端的时序越来越难以满足SIFS时序要求。如何保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求成为亟需解决的技术问题。With the increase of the code length of the physical layer and the increase of the technical complexity of WLAN, it becomes more and more difficult for the timing of the receiving end to meet the SIFS timing requirements. How to ensure that the timing at the receiving end satisfies the SIFS timing requirements has become a technical problem that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,能够保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求。The present application provides a communication method and device, which can ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the requirement of SIFS timing.
为达到上述目的,本申请采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above object, the application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该通信方法可应用于接收端,接收端可以是接入点(access point,AP)也可以是站点(station,STA)。该通信方法包括:接收第一物理层协议数据单元(physical layer protocol data unit,PPDU);解析第一PPDU的帧头,该帧头中包括第一字段,该第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。In a first aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a receiving end, and the receiving end can be an access point (access point, AP) or a station (station, STA). The communication method includes: receiving a first physical layer protocol data unit (physical layer protocol data unit, PPDU); parsing the frame header of the first PPDU, the frame header includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that feedback is immediate frame.
基于第一方面提供的通信方法,接收端在解析第一PPDU的帧头时,可以根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段的指示,确定需要反馈立即响应帧,使得接收端避免在MAC层完成对第一PPDU的MPDU的解析后,才能确定是否需要反馈立即响应帧。也即是说,本申请能够提前确定需要反馈立即响应帧,这样,能够使得接收端的接收处理更加灵活,保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求。Based on the communication method provided in the first aspect, when the receiving end parses the frame header of the first PPDU, it can determine that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back according to the indication of the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, so that the receiving end avoids the MAC After the layer finishes parsing the MPDU of the first PPDU, it can determine whether to feed back an immediate response frame. That is to say, the present application can determine in advance that the immediate response frame needs to be fed back, so that the receiving process of the receiving end can be made more flexible, and the timing of the receiving end can be guaranteed to meet the SIFS timing requirement.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,立即响应帧(immediate response frame)可以被称为响应帧,或者是立即反馈帧,或者是立即回应帧等,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the immediate response frame (immediate response frame) may be called a response frame, or an immediate feedback frame, or an immediate response frame, etc., which is not limited in this application.
在一些可能的设计中,在解析第一PPDU的帧头之后,第一方面所述的通信方法 还可以包括:解析第一PPDU中的媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)协议数据单元(MAC protocol data unit,MPDU);根据MPDU生成立即响应帧,该立即响应帧用于指示MPDU的接收结果。In some possible designs, after parsing the frame header of the first PPDU, the communication method described in the first aspect may further include: parsing a media access control (media access control, MAC) protocol data unit ( MAC protocol data unit, MPDU); Generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate the reception result of the MPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。其中,L-STF和L-LTF可以由接收端的PHY根据第一PPDU的帧头生成,接收端在发送L-STF和L-LTF时需要16微秒的发送时间,可以为接收端对第一PPDU的接收处理过程延长至少16微秒,保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求。并且,能够放宽接收端的处理时序要求,使得接收端的接收处理更加灵活。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU. Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF. Among them, L-STF and L-LTF can be generated by the PHY of the receiving end according to the frame header of the first PPDU. The receiving and processing process of the PPDU is extended by at least 16 microseconds to ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the SIFS timing requirements. Moreover, the processing timing requirements of the receiving end can be relaxed, so that the receiving processing of the receiving end is more flexible.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的带宽字段(bandwidth,BW)指示。换句话说,接收端在发送第二PPDU的L-STF和L-LTF时,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽为第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示的发送带宽。这样,接收端在解析完第一PPDU的帧头时,可以获取到L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽,并在SIFS结束时依据该发送带宽发送L-STF和L-LTF,能够保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by a bandwidth field (bandwidth, BW) of the frame header of the first PPDU. In other words, when the receiving end sends the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU, the sending bandwidth of the L-STF and L-LTF is the sending bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU. In this way, when the receiving end parses the frame header of the first PPDU, it can obtain the transmission bandwidth of L-STF and L-LTF, and send L-STF and L-LTF according to the transmission bandwidth at the end of SIFS, which can ensure the reception The timing of the terminal meets the SIFS timing requirements.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。这样,接收端可以确定L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率,并在SIFS结束时依据该发送功率发送L-STF和L-LTF,能够保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求的同时,提高接收端发送L-STF和L-LTF的灵活性。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power. In this way, the receiving end can determine the transmission power of L-STF and L-LTF, and send L-STF and L-LTF according to the transmission power at the end of SIFS, which can ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the timing requirements of SIFS and improve the efficiency of the receiving end Flexibility in sending L-STF and L-LTF.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:确认(ACKnowledgement,ACK)帧、块确认(block ACK,BA)帧、否定确认(negative acknowledgement,NACK)帧、空数据包(null data packet,NDP)BA帧、BA目标唤醒时间(target wake time,TWT)TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短(short)TWT ACK帧、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)免竞争(contention-free,CF)ACK帧(QoS+CF-ACK帧)。其中,BA TWT帧可以简称为BAT帧,TWT ACK帧可以简称为TACK,短TWT ACK帧可以简称为STACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: acknowledgment (ACKnowledgement, ACK) frame, block acknowledgment (block ACK, BA) frame, negative acknowledgment (negative acknowledgment, NACK) frame, null packet (null data packet, NDP) BA frame, BA target wake time (target wake time, TWT) TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short (short) TWT ACK frame, quality of service (quality of service, QoS) contention-free, CF) ACK frame (QoS+CF-ACK frame). Wherein, the BA TWT frame can be referred to as the BAT frame for short, the TWT ACK frame can be referred to as the TACK for short, and the short TWT ACK frame can be referred to as the STACK frame for short.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型(type)字段、子类型(subtype)字段和控制帧扩展(control frame extension)字段。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:通用信令字段(universal SIG,U-SIG)、极高吞吐率(extremely high throughput,EHT)信令字段(EHT signal field,EHT-SIG)的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。这样,可以通过将第一字段承载于上述字段中以实现指示接收端反馈立即响应帧,提高信令的利用率。In some possible designs, the first field is carried in any of the following: universal signaling field (universal SIG, U-SIG), extremely high throughput (extremely high throughput, EHT) signaling field (EHT signal field, EHT) -SIG) public field or EHT-SIG user field. In this way, the first field can be carried in the above field to indicate the receiving end to feed back the immediate response frame, so as to improve the utilization rate of signaling.
在一些可能的设计中,在解析第一PPDU的帧头之后,第一方面所述的通信方法还可以包括:根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU中的第二字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF;或者,根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括该第二字段。In some possible designs, after parsing the frame header of the first PPDU, the communication method described in the first aspect may further include: generating the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU , the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or, generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second PPDU includes the second field.
可选地,立即响应帧承载在第二PPDU中。Optionally, the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
第二方面,本申请提供一种通信方法,该方法可应用于发送端,发送端可以是 AP也可以是STA。该通信方法包括:生成第一PPDU;该第一PPDU的帧头中包括第一字段,该第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧;发送第一PPDU。In the second aspect, the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a sending end, and the sending end can be an AP or a STA. The communication method includes: generating a first PPDU; a frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate a feedback immediate response frame; and sending the first PPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧或NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame or NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。In some possible designs, an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。In some possible designs, the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
在一些可能的设计中,在发送第一PPDU之后,第二方面所述的通信方法还可以包括:接收第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括第二字段和第三字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF,第三字段包括立即响应帧。In some possible designs, after sending the first PPDU, the communication method described in the second aspect may further include: receiving a second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, and the second field includes an L-STF and L-LTF, the third field includes the immediate response frame.
进一步地,在发送第一PPDU之后,第二方面所述的通信方法还可以包括:根据第二PPDU确定第一PPDU中MPDU的接收结果。Further, after sending the first PPDU, the communication method described in the second aspect may further include: determining a receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the second PPDU.
需要说明的是,第二方面所述的通信方法的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the technical effect of the communication method described in the second aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理模块和收发模块。其中,收发模块,用于接收第一PPDU。处理模块,用于解析第一PPDU的帧头,该帧头中包括第一字段,该第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module. Wherein, the transceiver module is configured to receive the first PPDU. The processing module is configured to parse the frame header of the first PPDU, where the frame header includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate the feedback immediate response frame.
在一些可能的设计中,处理模块,还用于解析第一PPDU中的MPDU。处理模块,还用于根据MPDU生成立即响应帧,该立即响应帧用于指示MPDU的接收结果。In some possible designs, the processing module is further configured to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU. The processing module is further configured to generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate a receiving result of the MPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧、NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。In some possible designs, an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。In some possible designs, the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
在一些可能的设计中,处理模块,还用于根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU中的第二字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF;或者,处理模块,还用于根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括该第二字段。In some possible designs, the processing module is further configured to generate the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or, processing The module is further configured to generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second PPDU includes the second field.
可选地,立即响应帧承载在第二PPDU中。Optionally, the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,收发模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,接收模块用于实现第三方面所述的通信装置的接收功能,发送模块用于实现第三方面所述的通信装置的发送功能。Optionally, the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module. Wherein, the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device described in the third aspect, and the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device described in the third aspect.
可选地,第三方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第一方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device described in the third aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
需要说明的是,第三方面所述的通信装置可以是接收端,也可以是设置于接收端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含接收端的装置,本申请对此不做限定。接收端是指接收数据的设备,接收端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。It should be noted that the communication device described in the third aspect may be the receiving end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end, or a device including the receiving end, which is not covered by this application. Do limited. The receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
此外,第三方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication device described in the third aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:收发模块和处理模块。其中,处理模块,用于生成第一PPDU。其中,第一PPDU的帧头中包括第一字段,第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。收发模块,用于发送第一PPDU。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module. Wherein, the processing module is configured to generate the first PPDU. Wherein, the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back. A transceiver module, configured to send the first PPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧、NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。In some possible designs, an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。In some possible designs, the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
在一些可能的设计中,收发模块,还用于接收第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括第二字段和第三字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF,第三字段包括立即响应帧。In some possible designs, the transceiver module is further configured to receive a second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, and the third field includes an immediate response frame.
进一步地,处理模块,还用于根据第二PPDU确定第一PPDU中MPDU的接收结果。Further, the processing module is further configured to determine the receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the second PPDU.
可选地,收发模块可以包括接收模块和发送模块。其中,接收模块用于实现第四方面所述的通信装置的接收功能,发送模块用于实现第四方面所述的通信装置的发送功能。Optionally, the transceiver module may include a receiving module and a sending module. Wherein, the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function of the communication device described in the fourth aspect, and the sending module is used to realize the sending function of the communication device described in the fourth aspect.
可选地,第四方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第二方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device described in the fourth aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can execute the communication method described in the second aspect.
需要说明的是,第四方面所述的通信装置可以是发送端,也可以是设置于发送端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含发送端的装置,本申请对此不做限定。发送端是指发送数据的设备,发送端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。It should be noted that the communication device described in the fourth aspect may be the sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components arranged in the sending end, or a device including the sending end, which is not covered by this application. Do limited. The sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
此外,第四方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第二方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication device described in the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method described in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置用于执行第一方面至第二方面中任意一种实现方式所述的通信方法。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device is configured to execute the communication method described in any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
在本申请中,第五方面所述的通信装置可以为接收端或发送端,也可以是设置于接收端或发送端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含接收端或发送端的装置,本申请对此不做限定。接收端是指接收数据的设备,接收端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。发送端是指发送数据的设备,发送端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。其中,接收端用于执行第一方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法,发送端用于执行第二方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法。In this application, the communication device described in the fifth aspect may be a receiving end or a sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end or sending end, or may include a receiving end or a The device at the sending end is not limited in this application. The receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system. The sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system. Wherein, the receiving end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect, and the sending end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the second aspect.
应理解,第五方面所述的通信装置包括实现上述第一方面至第二方面中任一方面所述的通信方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或手段可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个用于执行上述通信方法所涉及的功能的模块或单元。It should be understood that the communication device described in the fifth aspect includes corresponding modules, units, or means for implementing the communication method described in any one of the first to second aspects above, and the modules, units, or means can be Realized by hardware, realized by software, or realized by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units for performing the functions involved in the above-mentioned communication method.
此外,第五方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第二方面中任一方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication device described in the fifth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method described in any one of the first aspect to the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器,该处理器用于执行第一方面至第二方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor, configured to execute the communication method described in any one possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the second aspect.
一种可能的设计方案中,第六方面所述的通信装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于第六方面所述的通信装置与其他通信装置通信。In a possible design solution, the communication device described in the sixth aspect may further include a transceiver. The transceiver may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit. The transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the sixth aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
一种可能的设计方案中,第六方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储器。该存储器可以与处理器集成在一起,也可以分开设置。该存储器可以用于存储第一方面至第二方面中任一方面所述的通信方法所涉及的计算机程序和/或数据。In a possible design solution, the communication device described in the sixth aspect may further include a memory. The memory can be integrated with the processor or set separately. The memory may be used to store computer programs and/or data involved in the communication method described in any one of the first aspect to the second aspect.
在本申请中,第六方面所述的通信装置可以为接收端或发送端,也可以是设置于接收端或发送端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含接收端或发送端的装置,本申请对此不做限定。接收端是指接收数据的设备,接收端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。发送端是指发送数据的设备,发送端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。其中,接收端用于执行第一方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法,发送端用于执行第二方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法。In this application, the communication device described in the sixth aspect may be a receiving end or a sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end or sending end, or may include a receiving end or a The device at the sending end is not limited in this application. The receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system. The sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system. Wherein, the receiving end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect, and the sending end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the second aspect.
此外,第六方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第二方面中任意一种实现方式所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication device described in the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method described in any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器,该处理器与存储器耦合,该处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得该通信装置执行第一方面至第二方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor, the processor is coupled with the memory, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes any one of the possible implementation manners in the first aspect to the second aspect. communication method.
一种可能的设计方案中,第七方面所述的通信装置还可以包括收发器。该收发器可以为收发电路或接口电路。该收发器可以用于第七方面所述的通信装置与其他通信装置通信。In a possible design solution, the communication device described in the seventh aspect may further include a transceiver. The transceiver may be a transceiver circuit or an interface circuit. The transceiver can be used for the communication device described in the seventh aspect to communicate with other communication devices.
在本申请中,第七方面所述的通信装置可以为接收端或发送端,也可以是设置于接收端或发送端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含接收端或发送端的装置,本申请对此不做限定。接收端是指接收数据的设备,接收端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。发送端是指发送数据的设备,发送端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。其中,接收端用于执行第一方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法,发送端用于执行第二方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法。In this application, the communication device described in the seventh aspect may be a receiving end or a sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end or sending end, or may include a receiving end or a The device at the sending end is not limited in this application. The receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system. The sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system. Wherein, the receiving end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect, and the sending end is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the second aspect.
此外,第七方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第二方面中任意一种实现方式所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication device described in the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method described in any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第八方面,提供一种芯片,该芯片包括处理逻辑电路和接口电路。其中,处理逻辑电路的数量可以是一个或多个,接口电路的数量可以是多个。In an eighth aspect, a chip is provided, and the chip includes a processing logic circuit and an interface circuit. Wherein, the number of processing logic circuits may be one or more, and the number of interface circuits may be more than one.
其中,接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理逻辑电路。处理逻辑电路用于运行上述代码指令以执行第一方面至第二方面中任意一种实现方式所述的通信方法。Wherein, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing logic circuit. The processing logic circuit is configured to run the above code instructions to execute the communication method described in any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
可选的,该芯片可以包括存储器,该存储器可以与处理逻辑电路集成在一起,也可以分开设置。该存储器可以用于存储第一方面至第二方面中任一方面所述的通信方法所涉及的计算机程序和/或数据。Optionally, the chip may include a memory, and the memory may be integrated with the processing logic circuit or set separately. The memory may be used to store computer programs and/or data involved in the communication method described in any one of the first aspect to the second aspect.
在本申请中,第八方面所述的芯片可以位于接收端或发送端,可以位于一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。其中,芯片位于接收端时用于执行第一方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法,芯片位于发送端时用于执行第二方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法。In this application, the chip described in the eighth aspect may be located at the receiving end or the transmitting end, and may be located in an AP in a communication system or an STA. Wherein, when the chip is located at the receiving end, it is used to implement the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect, and when the chip is located at the sending end, it is used to implement the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the second aspect. method.
此外,第八方面所述的芯片的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第二方面中任意一种实现方式所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the chip described in the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method described in any one of the implementation manners in the first aspect to the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第九方面,提供一种通信系统。该通信系统包括第一设备(接收端)和第二设备(发送端)。其中,第一设备可以为STA或AP,第二设备可以为AP或STA。第一设备可以作为接收端,第二设备可以作为发送端。第一设备用于执行第一方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法,第二设备用于执行第二方面中任一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法。In a ninth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a first device (receiving end) and a second device (sending end). Wherein, the first device may be an STA or an AP, and the second device may be an AP or an STA. The first device may serve as a receiving end, and the second device may serve as a sending end. The first device is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, and the second device is configured to execute the communication method described in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
第十方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质包括指令,当该指令被处理器运行时,使得第一方面至第二方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法被实现。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and the computer-readable storage medium includes instructions. When the instructions are executed by a processor, the The communication method is implemented.
第十一方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令被处理器运行时,使得第一方面至第二方面中任意一种可能的实现方式所述的通信方法被实现。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes an instruction. When the instruction is executed by a processor, the communication method described in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect to the second aspect is executed. accomplish.
第三方面至第十一方面中的任一种实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面或第二方面中对应实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。For the technical effects brought about by any one of the implementation manners from the third aspect to the eleventh aspect, refer to the technical effects brought about by the corresponding implementation manners in the first aspect or the second aspect, and details are not repeated here.
第十二方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括物理帧生成模块、物理帧解调模块、射频发送链路模块和射频接收链路模块、MAC帧生成模块和MAC帧接收模块。物理帧生成模块、物理帧解调模块、射频发送链路模块、射频接收链路模块用于实现PHY功能,MAC帧生成模块和MAC帧接收模块用于实现MAC层功能。其中,射频接收链路模块,用于接收第一PPDU;物理帧解调模块,用于解析第一PPDU的帧头,该帧头中包括第一字段,该第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。According to a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device includes a physical frame generation module, a physical frame demodulation module, a radio frequency transmission link module and a radio frequency reception link module, a MAC frame generation module and a MAC frame reception module. The physical frame generation module, the physical frame demodulation module, the radio frequency transmission link module, and the radio frequency reception link module are used to realize the PHY function, and the MAC frame generation module and the MAC frame reception module are used to realize the MAC layer function. Among them, the radio frequency receiving link module is used to receive the first PPDU; the physical frame demodulation module is used to analyze the frame header of the first PPDU, which includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that the feedback is immediate response frame.
在一些可能的设计中,MAC帧接收模块,用于解析第一PPDU中的MPDU。MAC帧生成模块,用于根据MPDU生成立即响应帧,该立即响应帧用于指示MPDU的接收结果。In some possible designs, the MAC frame receiving module is configured to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU. The MAC frame generating module is configured to generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate the receiving result of the MPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧、NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。In some possible designs, an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。In some possible designs, the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
在一些可能的设计中,物理帧生成模块,用于根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU中的第二字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF;或者,物理帧生成模块,用于根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括该第二字段。In some possible designs, the physical frame generation module is configured to generate the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or, The physical frame generating module is configured to generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second PPDU includes the second field.
可选地,立即响应帧承载在第二PPDU中。Optionally, the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第十二方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第一方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device according to the twelfth aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can execute the communication method described in the first aspect.
需要说明的是,第十二方面所述的通信装置可以是接收端,也可以是设置于接收端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含接收端的装置,本申请对此不做限定。接收端是指接收数据的设备,接收端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。It should be noted that the communication device described in the twelfth aspect may be the receiving end, or a chip (system) or other components or components set in the receiving end, or a device including the receiving end. No limit. The receiving end refers to a device that receives data, and the receiving end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
此外,第十二方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第一方面所述的通信方法 的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, the technical effects of the communication device described in the twelfth aspect can refer to the technical effects of the communication method described in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第十三方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括物理帧生成模块、物理帧解调模块、射频发送链路模块和射频接收链路模块、MAC帧生成模块和MAC帧接收模块。物理帧生成模块、物理帧解调模块、射频发送链路模块、射频接收链路模块用于实现PHY功能,MAC帧生成模块和MAC帧接收模块用于实现MAC层功能。其中,MAC帧生成模块和物理帧生成模块,用于生成第一PPDU。其中,第一PPDU的帧头中包括第一字段,第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。射频发送链路模块,用于发送第一PPDU。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device includes a physical frame generation module, a physical frame demodulation module, a radio frequency transmission link module and a radio frequency reception link module, a MAC frame generation module and a MAC frame reception module. The physical frame generation module, the physical frame demodulation module, the radio frequency transmission link module, and the radio frequency reception link module are used to realize the PHY function, and the MAC frame generation module and the MAC frame reception module are used to realize the MAC layer function. Wherein, the MAC frame generation module and the physical frame generation module are used to generate the first PPDU. Wherein, the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back. The radio frequency sending link module is configured to send the first PPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧、NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。In some possible designs, an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。In some possible designs, the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
在一些可能的设计中,射频接收链路模块,用于接收第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括第二字段和第三字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF,第三字段包括立即响应帧。In some possible designs, the radio frequency receiving link module is used to receive the second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, and the third field includes an immediate response frame.
进一步地,物理帧解调模块,用于解析第二PPDU;MAC帧接收模块用于根据第二PPDU中的MPDU确定第一PPDU中MPDU的接收结果。Further, the physical frame demodulation module is used to analyze the second PPDU; the MAC frame receiving module is used to determine the reception result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the MPDU in the second PPDU.
可选地,第十三方面所述的通信装置还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块存储有程序或指令。当处理模块执行该程序或指令时,使得该通信装置可以执行第二方面所述的通信方法。Optionally, the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may further include a storage module, where programs or instructions are stored in the storage module. When the processing module executes the program or instruction, the communication device can execute the communication method described in the second aspect.
需要说明的是,第十三方面所述的通信装置可以是发送端,也可以是设置于发送端中的芯片(系统)或其他部件或组件,还可以是包含发送端的装置,本申请对此不做限定。发送端是指发送数据的设备,发送端可以是一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。It should be noted that the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect may be the sending end, or a chip (system) or other components or components arranged in the sending end, or a device including the sending end. No limit. The sending end refers to a device that sends data, and the sending end may be an AP or a STA in a communication system.
此外,第十三方面所述的通信装置的技术效果可以参考第二方面所述的通信方法的技术效果,此处不再赘述。In addition, for the technical effect of the communication device described in the thirteenth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the communication method described in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
本申请在上述各方面提供的实现方式的基础上,还可以进行进一步组合以提供更多实现方式。On the basis of the implementation manners provided in the foregoing aspects, the present application may further be combined to provide more implementation manners.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种接收端在SIFS结束时反馈响应帧的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a receiving end feeding back a response frame at the end of SIFS provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种接收端的收发处理过程的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a sending and receiving process at a receiving end provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为现有的接收端对来自发送端的数据帧进行收发处理以发送响应帧的过程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a process in which an existing receiving end sends and receives data frames from a sending end to send a response frame;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的网络架构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种支持多条链路并行进行传输的无线通信设备的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication device supporting multiple links for parallel transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的接收端解析第一PPDU中的MPDU的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the receiving end parsing the MPDU in the first PPDU provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种NACK帧的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a NACK frame provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种NACK帧的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another NACK frame provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种接收端的收发处理时序示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a timing sequence of sending and receiving processing at a receiving end provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种对第一PPDU进行PE填充的数据结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a data structure for performing PE filling on the first PPDU according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的又一种对第一PPDU进行PE填充的数据结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another data structure for performing PE filling on the first PPDU according to the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种第二场景中第一PPDU的数据结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data structure of a first PPDU in a second scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种第二场景中第二PPDU的数据结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a data structure of a second PPDU in a second scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的模块示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of modules of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的模块示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了方便理解本申请实施例中的方案,首先给出相关技术的简要介绍。In order to facilitate understanding of the solutions in the embodiments of the present application, a brief introduction of related technologies is given first.
1、实现了EHT基本特性的设备与非实现了EHT基本特性的设备1. Equipment that realizes the basic characteristics of EHT and equipment that does not realize the basic characteristics of EHT
正在讨论中的802.11be标准包括两个版本,分别为:第一个版本(Release 1,R1)、第二个版本(Release 2,R2)。R1与R2的区别主要在于特性不同。R1只涉及一些基本特性,R2会进一步涉及一些其他待定的特性。为了区分两个版本的设备,可以将第一个版本的设备称之为实现了EHT基本特性的设备,在标准中可以利用一个管理信息库中的属性值dot11EHTBaseLineFeaturesImplementedOnly为1表示。可以将第二个版本的设备称之为非实现了EHT基本特性的设备,也可以称作实现了EHT进阶特性的设备,可以利用dot11EHTBaseLineFeaturesImplementedOnly为0表示,本发明方案对此不作限制。The 802.11be standard under discussion includes two versions: the first version (Release 1, R1) and the second version (Release 2, R2). The difference between R1 and R2 mainly lies in the different characteristics. R1 only involves some basic characteristics, and R2 will further involve some other characteristics to be determined. In order to distinguish the two versions of equipment, the equipment of the first version can be called the equipment that implements the basic features of EHT. In the standard, the attribute value dot11EHTBaseLineFeaturesImplementedOnly in a management information base can be used to indicate that it is 1. The device of the second version can be called a device that does not implement the basic features of EHT, or a device that implements advanced features of EHT, which can be indicated by using dot11EHTBaseLineFeaturesImplementedOnly as 0, which is not limited by the solution of the present invention.
在本文中,为了便于理解,第一个版本的设备可以被简称为R1设备,第二个版本的设备可以被简称为R2设备。Herein, for ease of understanding, the device of the first version may be referred to as the R1 device for short, and the device of the second version may be referred to as the R2 device for short.
2、信令字段中的证实(validate)与不理会(disregard)2. Validate and disregard in the signaling field
目前的各个标准中,为了给后续标准的修改留下空间,在信令字段中通常存在证实比特或证实状态、不理会比特或不理会状态。In various current standards, in order to leave room for modification of subsequent standards, there are generally confirm bits or confirm states, ignore bits or ignore states in the signaling field.
例如,在现阶段正在讨论的802.11be标准中,物理层前导码中信令字段包括:保留/未用比特(reserved bits),保留/未用比特可以分为不理会比特和证实比特。某个(子)字段的值可以被设置为保留/未用的状态(条目),保留/未用的状态(条目)可 以分为不理会状态和证实状态,被设置为保留/未用的状态(条目)的某个(子)字段也可以被称为不理会字段或证实字段。举例来讲,EHT sounding NDP的U-SIG字段中,存在5比特不理会比特,3比特证实比特。在EHT sounding NDP的EHT-SIG字段的U-SIG部分,包括2个不理会比特。在EHT sounding NDP的U-SIG字段,上下行子字段和PPDU类型和压缩模式子字段的联合指示中,存在证实字段。For example, in the 802.11be standard being discussed at this stage, the signaling field in the physical layer preamble includes: reserved/unused bits (reserved bits), and the reserved/unused bits can be divided into ignore bits and confirmation bits. The value of a (sub) field can be set to a reserved/unused state (entry), and the reserved/unused state (entry) can be divided into a ignore state and a confirmed state, which is set to a reserved/unused state A certain (sub)field of an (entry) may also be called a ignore field or a validation field. For example, in the U-SIG field of EHT sounding NDP, there are 5 ignore bits and 3 confirm bits. In the U-SIG part of the EHT-SIG field of the EHT sounding NDP, there are 2 don't care bits. In the U-SIG field of EHT sounding NDP, the joint indication of the uplink and downlink subfields and the PPDU type and compression mode subfields, there is a confirmation field.
对于一个PPDU中的不理会比特,R1设备不解析该不理会比特,也不执行该不理会比特定义的功能,而是按照R1标准中定义的流程解析该PPDU。For the don't care bits in a PPDU, the R1 device does not parse the don't care bits, nor execute the function defined by the don't care bits, but parses the PPDU according to the process defined in the R1 standard.
对于一个PPDU中的证实比特,R1设备在接收该PPDU时会校验该证实比特的值是否为R1标准规定的值,若是,则按照R1标准中定义的流程解析该PPDU;若否,则停止解析该PPDU,并丢弃。For the confirmation bit in a PPDU, when receiving the PPDU, the R1 device will check whether the value of the confirmation bit is the value specified in the R1 standard, if yes, parse the PPDU according to the process defined in the R1 standard; if not, stop The PPDU is parsed and discarded.
3、ACK策略(policy)3. ACK policy (policy)
在当前WLAN标准中,如果发送端向接收端发送数据帧并要求接收端反馈该数据帧的响应帧,那么如下表1所示,发送端在发送数据帧时,会在数据帧的MAC帧的帧头设置一个ACK策略字段,该ACK策略字段可以用于指示接收端是否需要回复该数据帧的响应帧,以及以何种格式回复该响应帧,该响应帧可以指示接收端是否成功接收该数据帧。In the current WLAN standard, if the sender sends a data frame to the receiver and asks the receiver to feed back a response frame for the data frame, as shown in Table 1 below, when the sender sends a data frame, it will The frame header sets an ACK policy field, which can be used to indicate whether the receiving end needs to reply the response frame of the data frame, and in what format to reply the response frame, and the response frame can indicate whether the receiving end successfully received the data frame.
其中,ACK策略字段长度可以是2比特(bit),当前WLAN标准定义有4种ACK策略字段的值,关于这4中ACK策略字段的值的具体介绍可以参照表1,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the length of the ACK policy field can be 2 bits (bit), and the current WLAN standard defines 4 kinds of values of the ACK policy field. For the specific introduction of the values of the 4 ACK policy fields, please refer to Table 1, which will not be repeated here.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022116586-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022116586-appb-000001
其中,上述表1中的HETP可以理解为高效率(high efficiency,HE)基于触发(trigger based,TB)的物理帧(HE TB PPDU),表示承载于HE TB PPDU中的ACK、压缩(Compressed)BA或多STA(multi-STA)BA。HETP ACK表示需要等 待AP触发才能发送的ACK帧,HETP ACK也可以理解为:接收端在SIFS后使用HE TB PPDU回复ACK、压缩BA或multi-STA BA。Among them, the HETP in the above Table 1 can be understood as a high efficiency (high efficiency, HE) trigger based (TB) based physical frame (HE TB PPDU), which means that the ACK, Compressed (Compressed) carried in the HE TB PPDU BA or multi-STA (multi-STA) BA. HETP ACK means an ACK frame that needs to wait for the trigger of the AP to send. HETP ACK can also be understood as: the receiving end uses HE TB PPDU to reply ACK, compressed BA or multi-STA BA after SIFS.
4、SIFS4. SIFS
SIFS是指数据帧与该数据帧对应的响应帧之间的时间间隔。示例性地,如图1所示,如果发送端向接收端发送数据帧,且要求接收端反馈该数据帧的响应帧(比如ACK帧),那么接收端需要从接收到该数据帧的时间起,经过SIFS时间并在SIFS时间结束时向发送端反馈该数据帧的响应帧。换句话说,接收端在天线端口接收到数据帧的时域波形最后一个采样点且间隔SIFS后,需要将ACK帧的时域波形第一个采样点从天线端口发射出去。SIFS refers to the time interval between a data frame and a response frame corresponding to the data frame. Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 1, if the sending end sends a data frame to the receiving end, and requires the receiving end to feed back a response frame (such as an ACK frame) of the data frame, then the receiving end needs to start from the time when the data frame is received , the SIFS time passes and the response frame of the data frame is fed back to the sender at the end of the SIFS time. In other words, after receiving the last sampling point of the time-domain waveform of the data frame at the antenna port and at an interval of SIFS, the receiving end needs to transmit the first sampling point of the time-domain waveform of the ACK frame from the antenna port.
在SIFS内,接收端需要对来自发送端的数据帧进行收发处理,以在SIFS时间结束时向发送端反馈响应帧。其中,接收端的收发处理过程可以包括如下操作:PHY接收数据、PHY处理数据、MAC层处理数据、PHY发送数据、收发转换等。其中,PHY接收数据、PHY处理数据可以统称为PHY接收处理数据。对应的,如图2所示,接收端的收发处理过程可以包括如下处理时延:PHY接收处理时延、MAC层处理时延、PHY发送时延、收发转换时延。In SIFS, the receiving end needs to send and receive data frames from the sending end to feed back a response frame to the sending end when the SIFS time ends. Wherein, the sending and receiving processing process of the receiving end may include the following operations: PHY receiving data, PHY processing data, MAC layer processing data, PHY sending data, sending and receiving conversion, and so on. Wherein, the PHY receiving data and the PHY processing data may be collectively referred to as PHY receiving and processing data. Correspondingly, as shown in FIG. 2 , the sending and receiving process at the receiving end may include the following processing delays: PHY receiving processing delay, MAC layer processing delay, PHY sending delay, and sending and receiving conversion delay.
其中,PHY接收处理时延可以理解为:接收端的PHY从天线上接收到信号,到将该信号的信息传递给上层(比如MAC层)所经历的时延。换句话说,PHY接收处理时延可以是:接收端的PHY从电磁波中接收到有用信号,到将该有用信号处理成上层可理解的信息所经历的时延。其中,PHY接收处理时延可以包括:PHY接收(RX PHY)时延和PHY处理(RX processing)时延,PHY接收时延对应上述PHY接收数据操作,PHY处理时延对应上述PHY处理数据操作。Wherein, the PHY reception processing delay can be understood as: the delay experienced by the PHY at the receiving end from receiving a signal from the antenna to transmitting the information of the signal to the upper layer (such as the MAC layer). In other words, the PHY reception processing delay can be: the delay experienced by the PHY at the receiving end from receiving a useful signal from electromagnetic waves to processing the useful signal into information understandable by the upper layer. Wherein, the PHY receiving processing delay may include: PHY receiving (RX PHY) delay and PHY processing (RX processing) delay, the PHY receiving delay corresponds to the above-mentioned PHY receiving data operation, and the PHY processing delay corresponds to the above-mentioned PHY processing data operation.
MAC层处理时延可以理解为:在接收到物理层的信息后,MAC层进行MAC报文解析、校验、构造响应帧及发送参数等操作所需要的时间。MAC层处理时延对应上述MAC层处理数据操作。The processing delay of the MAC layer can be understood as: after receiving the information of the physical layer, the time required for the MAC layer to perform operations such as MAC message parsing, verification, construction of a response frame, and sending parameters. The MAC layer processing delay corresponds to the above MAC layer processing data operation.
PHY发送时延可以理解为:PHY接收到MAC层的数据帧后,在PHY的发射链路上的处理时延,包括PHY的调制编码、空间映射、快速傅立叶反变换(inverse fast Fourier transformation,IFFT)变换等操作。PHY发送时延对应上述PHY发送数据操作。The PHY transmission delay can be understood as: after the PHY receives the data frame of the MAC layer, the processing delay on the PHY transmission link, including the modulation and coding of the PHY, spatial mapping, and inverse fast Fourier transformation (IFFT) ) transformation and other operations. The PHY sending delay corresponds to the above PHY sending data operation.
收发转换时延可以理解为:PHY射频器件从接收状态切换到发射状态所需的时间,包括收发切换时延(RxTxSwitchTime)和发送坡升时延(TxRampOnTime)。收发转换时延对应上述收发转换操作。Transceiver switching delay can be understood as: the time required for the PHY radio frequency device to switch from the receiving state to the transmitting state, including the transmitting and receiving switching delay (RxTxSwitchTime) and the transmit ramp-up delay (TxRampOnTime). Transmitting and transmitting conversion delay corresponds to the above-mentioned transmitting and receiving conversion operation.
图3为现有的接收端对来自发送端的数据帧进行收发处理以发送响应帧的过程。如图3所示,发送端向接收端发送的PPDU(携带数据帧)中包括PPDU帧头和载荷,该PPDU的载荷中包括一个或多个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号(symbol)(图3中以3个OFDM符号作为示例),该PPDU的载荷用于携带MAC帧,该MAC帧的帧头携带有ACK策略字段。在图3中,发送端发送的PPDU的载荷为3个OFDM符号,分别为第一个OFDM符号、第二个OFDM符号、第三个OFDM符号。FIG. 3 is a process in which a conventional receiving end sends and receives data frames from a sending end to send a response frame. As shown in Figure 3, the PPDU (carrying data frame) sent by the sending end to the receiving end includes a PPDU frame header and a payload, and the payload of the PPDU includes one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM ) symbol (symbol) (three OFDM symbols are taken as an example in FIG. 3), the payload of the PPDU is used to carry a MAC frame, and the frame header of the MAC frame carries an ACK policy field. In FIG. 3 , the payload of the PPDU sent by the sender is 3 OFDM symbols, which are the first OFDM symbol, the second OFDM symbol, and the third OFDM symbol.
在图3中,现有的接收端对来自发送端的数据帧进行收发处理的过程如下:In Fig. 3, the process of sending and receiving data frames from the sending end at the existing receiving end is as follows:
PHY对来自发送端的PPDU的帧头和载荷依次进行接收,并且,依次对该PPDU的帧头和载荷进行处理,得到该PPDU的载荷中携带的MAC帧;然后,将该MAC帧上报给MAC层。其中,PHY接收时延为图3中的时间段AB,PHY处理时延为图3中的时间段BC。MAC层对该MAC帧依次进行循环冗余码(cyclic redundancy code,CRC)校验、地址过滤以及ACK策略字段检查。在完成MAC层处理数据后,接收端的MAC层需要判断ACK策略字段是否指示需要回复响应帧。如果ACK策略字段指示需要回复响应帧,那么终端设备需要在MAC层处理数据结束时(如图3中的时间D),且在SIFS剩余的时间内(如图3中的时间段DE)生成响应帧,并在SIFS时间结束时(如图3中的时间E)向发送端发送该响应帧。The PHY sequentially receives the frame header and payload of the PPDU from the sender, and sequentially processes the frame header and payload of the PPDU to obtain the MAC frame carried in the payload of the PPDU; then, reports the MAC frame to the MAC layer . Wherein, the PHY reception delay is the time period AB in FIG. 3 , and the PHY processing delay is the time period BC in FIG. 3 . The MAC layer performs cyclic redundancy code (cyclic redundancy code, CRC) checking, address filtering, and ACK policy field checking on the MAC frame in sequence. After the MAC layer processes the data, the MAC layer at the receiving end needs to judge whether the ACK policy field indicates that a response frame needs to be replied. If the ACK policy field indicates that a response frame needs to be replied, then the terminal device needs to generate a response at the end of the MAC layer processing data (such as time D in Figure 3) and within the remaining time of SIFS (such as time period DE in Figure 3) frame, and send the response frame to the sender when the SIFS time ends (time E in Figure 3).
可以看出,在图3中,SIFS为时间段BE,在这段时间内,接收端的接收处理存在如下几个时延:PHY处理时延、MAC层处理时延和发送处理时延,其中,发送处理时延很短,PHY处理时延、MAC层处理时延会占据SIFS中的大部分时间。It can be seen that in FIG. 3 , SIFS is the time period BE. During this period, the reception processing at the receiving end has the following delays: PHY processing delay, MAC layer processing delay, and transmission processing delay. Among them, The transmission processing delay is very short, and the PHY processing delay and MAC layer processing delay will occupy most of the time in SIFS.
在PHY处理时延、MAC层处理时延和发送处理时延中,正交频分多址接入(orthogonal frequency division multiple access,OFDMA)、多入多出(multiple-input multiple-output,MIMO)、低密度奇偶校验(low density parity check,LDPC)、双载波调制(dual carrier modulation,DCM)、MAC协议数据单元聚合(aggregate MAC protocol data unit,AMPDU)、BA、CRC校验等技术都需要占用一定的处理时间,此外,射频器件本身所必须的模拟信号处理时延、收发转换时延等都不可避免。换句话说,PHY处理时延、MAC层处理时延和发送处理时延中的处理时序已经很紧凑。Among the PHY processing delay, MAC layer processing delay and transmission processing delay, orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) , low density parity check (low density parity check, LDPC), dual carrier modulation (dual carrier modulation, DCM), MAC protocol data unit aggregation (aggregate MAC protocol data unit, AMPDU), BA, CRC check and other technologies are required It takes a certain amount of processing time. In addition, the analog signal processing delay and the transmission and reception conversion delay necessary for the radio frequency device itself are unavoidable. In other words, the processing timing among the PHY processing delay, MAC layer processing delay and transmission processing delay is already very tight.
但是,随着物理层速率的增大、编码长度的增加和WLAN技术复杂度的上升,导致PHY处理时延或MAC层处理时延将不可避免地增大,终端设备越来越难以在SIFS时间内完成接收处理操作。比如,随着802.11be(也即是Wi-Fi7)等新一代标准中频谱效率的进一步提升,每个OFDM符号最大承载的编码比特数为47040比特。而在802.11ax标准(也即是Wi-Fi6)中,每个OFDM符号最大承载的编码比特数只有19600比特,若要在相同的时间内完成芯片内不同模块之间的数据传递和数据处理,适用802.11be标准的设备的总线速率和处理速度需为802.11ax标准的芯片的240%,导致PHY接收处理时延不可避免的增大,接收端的时序难以满足SIFS时序要求。However, as the physical layer rate increases, the coding length increases, and the technical complexity of WLAN increases, the PHY processing delay or MAC layer processing delay will inevitably increase. Complete the receive processing operation within. For example, with the further improvement of spectrum efficiency in new-generation standards such as 802.11be (that is, Wi-Fi7), the maximum number of coded bits carried by each OFDM symbol is 47040 bits. In the 802.11ax standard (that is, Wi-Fi6), the maximum number of encoded bits carried by each OFDM symbol is only 19600 bits. To complete the data transmission and data processing between different modules in the chip within the same time, The bus rate and processing speed of the 802.11be-compliant device must be 240% of the 802.11ax-standard chip, resulting in an inevitable increase in the PHY reception processing delay, and the timing of the receiving end is difficult to meet the SIFS timing requirements.
简而言之,随着物理层速率的增大、编码长度的增加和WLAN技术复杂度的上升,接收端的时序越来越难以满足SIFS时序要求。因此,如何保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求成为亟需解决的技术问题。In short, with the increase of the physical layer rate, the increase of the coding length and the increase of the technical complexity of WLAN, it becomes more and more difficult for the timing of the receiving end to meet the SIFS timing requirements. Therefore, how to ensure that the timing of the receiving end satisfies the SIFS timing requirement has become a technical problem that needs to be solved urgently.
为了解决上述问题,本申请实施例提供一种技术方案,该技术方案包括通信系统、应用于该通信系统的通信方法和通信装置等。下面将结合附图,对本申请提供的技术方案进行说明。In order to solve the above problems, an embodiment of the present application provides a technical solution, and the technical solution includes a communication system, a communication method and a communication device applied to the communication system, and the like. The technical solutions provided by the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例可以适用于无线局域网的场景,可以适用于电气及电子工程师学会(institute of electrical and electronics engineers,IEEE)802.11系统标准,例如802.11a/b/g标准、802.11n标准、802.11ac标准、802.11ax标准,或其下一代,例如802.11be标准或更下一代的标准中。或者,本申请实施例也可以适用于物联网(internet of things, IoT)网络或车联网(Vehicle to X,V2X)网络等无线局域网系统中。当然,本申请实施例还可以适用于其他可能的通信系统,例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统、以及未来的第六代(6th generation,6G)通信系统及更下一代的通信系统中等。The embodiment of the present application can be applied to the scenario of a wireless local area network, and can be applied to the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, IEEE) 802.11 system standard, such as the 802.11a/b/g standard, the 802.11n standard, and the 802.11ac standard , 802.11ax standard, or its next generation, such as the 802.11be standard or a later generation standard. Alternatively, the embodiments of the present application may also be applicable to wireless local area network systems such as an Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) network or a Vehicle to X (V2X, V2X) network. Certainly, the embodiment of the present application can also be applicable to other possible communication systems, for example, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division) duplex, TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), global interconnection microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, and future The sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) communication system and the communication system of the next generation are medium.
本申请实施例提供一种通信系统,本申请所述的通信方法可适用于该通信系统。该通信系统可以包括:一个或多个接入点(access point,AP),以及一个或多个站点(station,STA)。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication method described in the present application is applicable to the communication system. The communication system may include: one or more access points (access point, AP), and one or more stations (station, STA).
作为一种示例,请参见图4,图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的网络架构示意图。图4所示的通信系统中,AP包括AP1和AP2,STA包括STA1、STA2和STA3。AP可为STA调度无线资源,并在调度的无线资源上为该STA传输数据。例如,图4所示的通信系统中,AP1可以为STA1、STA3调度无线资源,并在调度的无线资源上为STA1、STA3传输数据,该数据可以包括上行数据信息和/或下行数据信息。As an example, please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application. In the communication system shown in FIG. 4 , APs include AP1 and AP2 , and STAs include STA1 , STA2 and STA3 . The AP can schedule radio resources for the STA, and transmit data for the STA on the scheduled radio resources. For example, in the communication system shown in FIG. 4 , AP1 may schedule wireless resources for STA1 and STA3, and transmit data for STA1 and STA3 on the scheduled wireless resources, and the data may include uplink data information and/or downlink data information.
可以理解,一个或多个AP可以与一个或多个STA通信。当然,AP与AP之间可以通信,STA与STA之间可以通信。It can be understood that one or more APs can communicate with one or more STAs. Of course, APs can communicate with each other, and STAs can communicate with each other.
需要注意的是,图4中以STA为手机、AP为路由器作为一种示例,并不表示对本文中的AP、STA类型进行限定。并且,图4中的AP和STA的数量仅是举例,并不表示对本文通信系统中的AP、STA的数量进行限定,上述通信系统的网络架构中AP、STA的数量还可以更多或者更少。It should be noted that in FIG. 4 , STA is used as a mobile phone and AP is used as a router as an example, which does not mean that the types of AP and STA in this document are limited. Moreover, the number of APs and STAs in FIG. 4 is only an example, and does not mean that the number of APs and STAs in the communication system herein is limited. The number of APs and STAs in the network architecture of the above-mentioned communication system can be more or less. few.
在本申请所述的通信系统中,AP可以为一种部署在无线通信网络中并为其关联的STA提供无线通信功能的装置。AP可以部署于家庭、大楼内部、园区内部,当然,也可以部署于户外。AP的覆盖半径可以为几十米至上百米。AP相当于一个连接有线网和无线网的桥梁。AP的作用包括:将各个无线网络客户端连接到一起,然后将无线网络接入以太网。具体的,AP可以是带有无线保真(wreless-fidelity,Wi-Fi)芯片的终端设备(如手机)或者网络设备(如路由器)。In the communication system described in this application, an AP may be a device deployed in a wireless communication network and providing wireless communication functions for its associated STAs. APs can be deployed in homes, buildings, and campuses, and of course, they can also be deployed outdoors. The coverage radius of an AP can be tens of meters to hundreds of meters. AP is equivalent to a bridge connecting wired network and wireless network. The role of the AP includes: connecting various wireless network clients together, and then connecting the wireless network to the Ethernet. Specifically, the AP may be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router) with a wireless-fidelity (wreless-fidelity, Wi-Fi) chip.
AP可以为支持802.11be制式的设备。AP也可以为支持802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等802.11家族的多种无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)制式的设备。本申请中的AP可以是极高吞吐率(extramely high throughput,EHT)AP或高效(high efficient,HE)AP,还可以是适用未来某代Wi-Fi标准的接入点。其中,极高吞吐率也可称为极高吞吐量。The AP can be a device supporting the 802.11be standard. The AP may also be a device supporting multiple wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a. The AP in this application may be an extremely high throughput (extramely high throughput, EHT) AP or a high efficient (high efficient, HE) AP, and may also be an access point applicable to a certain future generation of Wi-Fi standards. Wherein, the extremely high throughput rate may also be referred to as extremely high throughput.
AP可包括处理器和收发器,处理器用于对AP的动作(比如解析信令信息、处理与通信相关的数据等)进行控制管理,收发器用于接收或发送信息。The AP may include a processor and a transceiver. The processor is used to control and manage actions of the AP (such as analyzing signaling information, processing communication-related data, etc.), and the transceiver is used to receive or send information.
在本申请所述的通信系统中,STA可以为无线通讯芯片、无线传感器或无线通信终端等,也可称为用户(或用户站点)。例如,STA可以为支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的移动电话、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的平板电脑、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的机顶盒、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的智能电视、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的智能可穿戴设备、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能 的车载通信设备和支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的计算机等等。In the communication system described in this application, a STA may be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor, or a wireless communication terminal, etc., and may also be called a user (or user station). For example, STA can be a mobile phone supporting Wi-Fi communication function, a tablet computer supporting Wi-Fi communication function, a set-top box supporting Wi-Fi communication function, a smart TV supporting Wi-Fi communication function, a Wi-Fi communication function Smart wearable devices, in-vehicle communication devices supporting Wi-Fi communication functions, computers supporting Wi-Fi communication functions, etc.
可选的,STA可以支持802.11be制式。STA也可以支持802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等802.11家族的多种无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)制式。本申请中的STA可以是极高吞吐率(extramely high throughput,EHT)STA或高效(high efficient,HE)STA,还可以是适用未来某代Wi-Fi标准的站点。Optionally, the STA can support the 802.11be standard. The STA can also support multiple wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN) standards of the 802.11 family such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a. The STA in this application may be an extremely high throughput (extramely high throughput, EHT) STA or a high efficient (high efficient, HE) STA, and may also be a station applicable to a certain future generation of Wi-Fi standards.
STA可包括处理器和收发器,处理器用于对STA的动作(比如解析信令信息、处理通信相关的数据等)进行控制管理,收发器用于接收或发送信息。The STA may include a processor and a transceiver. The processor is used to control and manage actions of the STA (such as analyzing signaling information, processing communication-related data, etc.), and the transceiver is used to receive or send information.
示例性的,上述的STA和AP可以是:应用于车联网中的设备,物联网(IoT,internet of things)中的物联网节点、传感器等,智慧家居中的智能摄像头,智能遥控器,智能水表电表,智慧城市中的传感器等,以及通信服务器、路由器、交换机、网桥、计算机、手机等。Exemplarily, the above-mentioned STA and AP may be: devices applied in the Internet of Vehicles, IoT nodes, sensors, etc. in the Internet of Things (IoT, internet of things), smart cameras in smart homes, smart remote controllers, smart Water meters, sensors in smart cities, etc., as well as communication servers, routers, switches, bridges, computers, mobile phones, etc.
本申请实施例中的所涉及的AP和STA又可以统称为WLAN通信设备。该WLAN通信设备可以包括硬件结构、软件模块。该WLAN通信设备可以以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现各种通信功能(如本文实施例中的通信方法对应的功能)。该各种通信功能中的某个功能可以以硬件结构、软件模块、或者硬件结构加软件模块的方式来实现。The APs and STAs involved in the embodiments of the present application may also be collectively referred to as WLAN communication devices. The WLAN communication device may include a hardware structure and a software module. The WLAN communication device may implement various communication functions (such as functions corresponding to the communication method in the embodiments herein) in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. A certain function among the various communication functions may be implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
需要注意的是,本申请实施例提供的通信系统中,一个设备(包括AP或STA)向另一个设备(包括STA或AP)发送数据时,发送数据的设备是发送端,接收数据的设备是接收端。其中,发送端可以实现信号的生成、发送等功能,可以是AP或STA;接收端可以实现信号的获取、处理等功能,可以是STA或AP。以图4为例,在上行通信场景中,AP1向STA1发送数据,AP1为发送端,STA1为接收端;在下行通信场景中,STA1向AP1发送数据,AP1为发送端,AP1为接收端。当然,本申请实施例提供的通信系统中,一个STA可以向另一个STA发送数据,在此情况下发送端和接收端为不同的STA;一个AP可以向另一个AP发送数据,在此情况下发送端和接收端为不同的AP。It should be noted that in the communication system provided by the embodiment of this application, when one device (including AP or STA) sends data to another device (including STA or AP), the device sending data is the sending end, and the device receiving data is Receiving end. Wherein, the transmitting end can implement functions such as signal generation and transmission, and can be an AP or STA; the receiving end can implement functions such as signal acquisition and processing, and can be an STA or AP. Taking Figure 4 as an example, in the uplink communication scenario, AP1 sends data to STA1, AP1 is the sender, and STA1 is the receiver; in the downlink communication scenario, STA1 sends data to AP1, AP1 is the sender, and AP1 is the receiver. Of course, in the communication system provided by the embodiment of this application, one STA can send data to another STA, in this case the sending end and the receiving end are different STAs; one AP can send data to another AP, in this case The sending end and the receiving end are different APs.
在一些可能的情况下,发送端可以作为接收端,实现信号的获取、处理等功能;接收端可以作为发送端,实现信号的生成、发送等功能。换言之,一个物理设备可以是发送端,或者可以是接收端,或者既是发送端又是接收端。In some possible cases, the sending end can be used as the receiving end to realize functions such as signal acquisition and processing; the receiving end can be used as the sending end to realize functions such as signal generation and transmission. In other words, a physical device can be the sender, or it can be the receiver, or both.
本申请实施例提供的通信设备可以是一种支持多条链路并行进行传输的无线通信设备,例如,称为多链路设备(Multi-link device)或多频段设备(multi-band device)。相比于仅支持单条链路传输的设备来说,多链路设备具有更高的传输效率和更高的吞吐量。The communication device provided in this embodiment of the present application may be a wireless communication device that supports multiple links for parallel transmission, for example, it is called a multi-link device (Multi-link device) or a multi-band device (multi-band device). Compared with devices that only support single-link transmission, multi-link devices have higher transmission efficiency and higher throughput.
多链路设备包括一个或多个隶属的站点STA(affiliated STA),隶属的STA是一个逻辑上的站点,可以工作在一条链路上。其中,隶属的站点可以为接入点(Access Point,AP)或非接入点站点(non-Access Point Station,non-AP STA)。为描述方便,本申请将隶属的站点为AP的多链路设备可以称为多链路AP或多链路AP设备或AP多链路设备(AP multi-link device),隶属的站点为non-AP STA的多链路设备可以称为多链路STA或多链路STA设备或STA多链路设备(STA multi-link device)。为描 述方便,“多链路设备包括隶属STA”在本申请实施例中也简要描述为“多链路设备包括STA”。A multi-link device includes one or more affiliated STAs (affiliated STAs). An affiliated STA is a logical station that can work on one link. Wherein, the affiliated station may be an access point (Access Point, AP) or a non-Access Point Station (non-Access Point Station, non-AP STA). For the convenience of description, in this application, the multi-link device whose affiliated site is AP can be called multi-link AP or multi-link AP device or AP multi-link device (AP multi-link device), and the affiliated site is non- The multi-link device of the AP STA may be called a multi-link STA or a multi-link STA device or an STA multi-link device (STA multi-link device). For the convenience of description, "the multi-link device includes the subordinate STA" is also briefly described as "the multi-link device includes the STA" in the embodiment of this application.
值得注意的是,多链路设备包括多个逻辑站点,每个逻辑站点工作在一条链路上,但允许多个逻辑站点工作在同一条链路上。下文的提到的链路标识表征的是工作在一条链路上的一个站点,也就是说,如果一条链路上有多于1个站点,则需要多于1个链路标识表征他们。It should be noted that a multi-link device includes multiple logical sites, and each logical site works on one link, but allows multiple logical sites to work on the same link. The link identifier mentioned below represents a station working on a link, that is, if there is more than one station on a link, more than one link identifier is required to represent them.
多链路设备可以遵循802.11系列协议实现无线通信,例如,遵循极高吞吐率(Extremely High Throughput,EHT)站点,或遵循基于802.11be或兼容支持802.11be的站点,实现与其他设备的通信,当然其他设备可以是多链路设备,也可以不是多链路设备。Multi-link devices can follow the 802.11 series protocol to achieve wireless communication, for example, follow the extremely high throughput (Extremely High Throughput, EHT) site, or follow the 802.11be-based or compatible 802.11be-supported site to achieve communication with other devices, of course Other devices may or may not be multilink devices.
本申请涉及的non-AP MLD可以为无线通讯芯片、无线传感器或无线通信终端。例如支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的用户终端、用户装置,接入装置,订户站,订户单元,移动站,用户代理,用户装备,其中,用户终端可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的用户设备(user equipment,UE),移动台(mobile station,MS),终端(terminal),终端设备(terminal equipment),便携式通信设备,手持机,便携式计算设备,娱乐设备,游戏设备或系统,全球定位系统设备或被配置为经由无线介质进行网络通信的任何其他合适的设备等。此外,non-AP MLD可以支持802.11be制式或者802.11be的下一代WLAN制式。non-AP MLD也可以支持802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等多种WLAN制式。The non-AP MLD involved in this application can be a wireless communication chip, a wireless sensor or a wireless communication terminal. For example, user terminals, user devices, access devices, subscriber stations, subscriber units, mobile stations, user agents, and user equipment supporting Wi-Fi communication functions, among which, user terminals may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, internet of things (IoT) devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, and various forms of user equipment (UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS ), terminal, terminal equipment, portable communication device, handset, portable computing device, entertainment device, gaming device or system, GPS device or any other device configured for network communication via a wireless medium suitable equipment etc. In addition, the non-AP MLD can support the 802.11be standard or the next-generation WLAN standard of 802.11be. Non-AP MLD can also support multiple WLAN standards such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b, and 802.11a.
本申请实施例涉及的AP MLD可以为一种部署在无线通信网络中为其关联的non-AP提供无线通信功能的装置,主要部署于家庭、大楼内部以及园区内部,典型覆盖半径为几十米至上百米,当然,也可以部署于户外。AP MLD相当于一个连接有线网和无线网的桥梁,主要作用是将各个无线网络客户端连接到一起,然后将无线网络接入以太网。具体的,AP MLD可以是带有Wi-Fi芯片的基站、路由器、网关、中继器,通信服务器,交换机或网桥等通信设备,其中,所述基站可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站,中继站等。此外,AP MLD可以支持802.11be制式或者802.11be的下一代WLAN制式。AP MLD也可以支持802.11ax、802.11ac、802.11n、802.11g、802.11b及802.11a等WLAN制式。The AP MLD involved in the embodiment of this application can be a device that is deployed in a wireless communication network to provide wireless communication functions for its associated non-AP, and is mainly deployed in homes, buildings, and campuses, with a typical coverage radius of tens of meters. Of course, it can also be deployed outdoors. AP MLD is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network clients together, and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet. Specifically, the AP MLD can be a base station with a Wi-Fi chip, a router, a gateway, a repeater, a communication server, a switch or a bridge and other communication equipment, wherein the base station can include various forms of macro base stations, micro base station, relay station, etc. In addition, the AP MLD can support the 802.11be standard or the next-generation WLAN standard of 802.11be. AP MLD can also support WLAN standards such as 802.11ax, 802.11ac, 802.11n, 802.11g, 802.11b and 802.11a.
例如,图5为本申请实施例提供的一种支持多条链路并行进行传输的无线通信设备的结构示意图。For example, FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication device supporting multiple links for parallel transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例不限制权利要求书的保护范围和适用性。本领域技术人员可以在不脱离本申请实施例范围的情况下对本申请涉及的元件的功能和部署进行适应性更改,或酌情省略、替代或添加各种过程或组件。The embodiments of the present application do not limit the protection scope and applicability of the claims. Those skilled in the art may make adaptive changes to the functions and deployment of elements involved in the present application, or omit, substitute or add various processes or components as appropriate without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
以上对本申请提供的通信系统进行了介绍,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行说明。The communication system provided by the present application has been introduced above, and the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以应用于上述通信系统,可以由上述通信系统中的发送端,和/或,接收端执行。请参照图6,图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方 法的流程示意图,该通信方法包括S601~S603,下面依次进行说明。The communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to the above-mentioned communication system, and may be executed by the sending end and/or the receiving end in the above-mentioned communication system. Please refer to Fig. 6, which is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication method includes S601-S603, which will be described in sequence below.
S601,发送端生成第一PPDU。S601. The sender generates a first PPDU.
其中,第一PPDU的帧头中可以包括第一字段,第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。在一些可能的实施例中,第一字段还可以用于指示忽略该第一字段,或者用于指示根据MPDU中的ACK策略字段判断是否需要反馈立即响应帧等,本申请对此不作限定。换句话说,第一字段可以指示的情况有2种,包括情况1和情况2。情况1,第一字段可以指示反馈立即响应帧;情况2,第一字段可以指示忽略该第一字段,换句话说,情况2是用于指示根据MPDU中的ACK策略字段判断是否需要反馈立即响应帧。Wherein, the frame header of the first PPDU may include a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back. In some possible embodiments, the first field may also be used to indicate that the first field is ignored, or used to indicate whether an immediate response frame needs to be fed back according to the ACK policy field in the MPDU, which is not limited in this application. In other words, the first field can indicate two situations, including situation 1 and situation 2. In case 1, the first field can indicate the feedback immediate response frame; in case 2, the first field can indicate that the first field is ignored, in other words, case 2 is used to indicate whether to feedback an immediate response according to the ACK policy field in the MPDU frame.
例如,假设第一字段的长度为1比特,当第一字段指示为1时,指示接收端反馈立即响应帧;当第一字段指示为0时,指示接收端忽略该第一字段。当然,也可以是当第一字段指示为0时,指示接收端反馈立即响应帧;当第一字段指示为1时,指示接收端忽略该第一字段,本申请对此不作限定。另外,本申请实施例中的第一字段可以被称为:立即响应指示字段,或者即时响应指示字段等类似的概念,本申请对此不作限定。For example, assuming that the length of the first field is 1 bit, when the first field indicates 1, the receiver is instructed to feed back an immediate response frame; when the first field indicates 0, the receiver is instructed to ignore the first field. Of course, when the first field indicates 0, the receiver is instructed to feed back an immediate response frame; when the first field indicates 1, the receiver is instructed to ignore the first field, which is not limited in this application. In addition, the first field in this embodiment of the present application may be called an immediate response indication field, or a similar concept such as an immediate response indication field, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,上述第一字段的实现方式可以为:第一字段承载于U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段(common field)或EHT-SIG的用户字段(user field)中的任意一种。这样,可以通过将第一字段承载于上述字段中以实现指示接收端反馈立即响应帧,提高信令的利用率。示例性的,下面结合方式1~方式3对第一字段的实现方式进行介绍,在此不做限定。Optionally, the above-mentioned first field may be implemented in the following manner: the first field is carried in any one of U-SIG, EHT-SIG common field (common field) or EHT-SIG user field (user field). In this way, the first field can be carried in the above field to indicate the receiving end to feed back the immediate response frame, so as to improve the utilization rate of signaling. Exemplarily, the implementation manner of the first field is introduced below in conjunction with manner 1 to manner 3, which is not limited here.
方式1,第一字段承载于U-SIG。在一些可能的实施例中,可以将U-SIG中的预留字段定义为第一字段,也即是第一PPDU的帧头中的U-SIG包括第一字段。示例性地,在802.11be标准中,如下表2所示,可以将U-SIG第一个符号的B20-B24或B25中的一个或多个比特定义为第一字段。比如,将U-SIG第一个符号的B20定义为第一字段,在此情况下,可以进一步定义,当U-SIG第一个符号的B20指示为1时,指示反馈立即响应帧;当U-SIG第一个符号的B20指示为0时,指示忽略该U-SIG第一个符号的B20。或者,将U-SIG第一个符号的B20-B24定义为第一字段,在此情况下,可以进一步定义,当U-SIG第一个符号的B20-B24指示为全1(也即是B20-B24均为1)时,指示反馈立即响应帧;当U-SIG第一个符号的B20-B24未指示为全1时,指示忽略该U-SIG第一个符号的B20-B24。又或者,将U-SIG第一个符号的B25定义为第一字段,在此情况下,可以进一步定义,当U-SIG第一个符号的B25指示为1时,指示反馈立即响应帧;当U-SIG第一个符号的B25指示为0时,指示忽略该U-SIG第一个符号的B20。 Mode 1, the first field is carried in the U-SIG. In some possible embodiments, the reserved field in the U-SIG may be defined as the first field, that is, the U-SIG in the frame header of the first PPDU includes the first field. Exemplarily, in the 802.11be standard, as shown in Table 2 below, one or more bits in B20-B24 or B25 of the first symbol of the U-SIG may be defined as the first field. For example, the B20 of the first symbol of U-SIG is defined as the first field. In this case, it can be further defined that when the B20 of the first symbol of U-SIG indicates 1, it indicates a feedback immediate response frame; when U - When the B20 indication of the first symbol of the SIG is 0, it indicates that the B20 of the first symbol of the U-SIG is ignored. Or, define B20-B24 of the first symbol of U-SIG as the first field. In this case, it can be further defined that when the B20-B24 of the first symbol of U-SIG indicates all 1s (that is, B20 - When B24 are all 1), indicate feedback immediate response frame; when B20-B24 of the first symbol of U-SIG is not indicated as all 1, indicate to ignore B20-B24 of the first symbol of U-SIG. Alternatively, the B25 of the first symbol of U-SIG is defined as the first field. In this case, it can be further defined that when the B25 of the first symbol of U-SIG indicates 1, it indicates that the immediate response frame is fed back; when When the B25 indication of the first symbol of the U-SIG is 0, it indicates that the B20 of the first symbol of the U-SIG is ignored.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022116586-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022116586-appb-000002
为了便于理解,本文中对Bx-By的解释如下:Bx用于表示第x比特,By用于表 示第y比特,Bx-By用于表示第x比特至第y比特,x和y为整数,且x≥0,y≥0,y≥x。比如,B20-B24表示第21比特~第25比特。For ease of understanding, the explanation of Bx-By in this paper is as follows: Bx is used to represent the xth bit, By is used to represent the yth bit, Bx-By is used to represent the xth bit to the yth bit, x and y are integers, And x≥0, y≥0, y≥x. For example, B20-B24 represent the 21st to 25th bits.
方式2,第一字段承载于EHT-SIG的公共字段。在一些可能的实施例中,可以将EHT-SIG的公共字段中的预留字段定义为第一字段,也即是第一PPDU的帧头中的EHT-SIG的公共字段包括第一字段。示例性地,在802.11be标准中,如下表3所示,可以将EHT-SIG的公共字段的B13-B16定义为第一字段。比如,将EHT-SIG的公共字段的B13定义为第一字段,在此情况下,可以进一步定义,当EHT-SIG的公共字段的B13指示为1时,指示反馈立即响应帧;当EHT-SIG的公共字段的B13指示为0时,指示忽略该EHT-SIG的公共字段的B13。或者,将EHT-SIG的公共字段的B13-B16定义为第一字段,在此情况下,可以进一步定义,当EHT-SIG的公共字段的B13-B16指示为全1(也即是B13-B16均为1)时,指示反馈立即响应帧;当EHT-SIG的公共字段的B13-B16未指示为全1时,指示忽略该EHT-SIG的公共字段的B13-B16。 Mode 2, the first field is carried in the public field of EHT-SIG. In some possible embodiments, the reserved field in the common field of the EHT-SIG may be defined as the first field, that is, the common field of the EHT-SIG in the frame header of the first PPDU includes the first field. Exemplarily, in the 802.11be standard, as shown in Table 3 below, B13-B16 of the public field of the EHT-SIG may be defined as the first field. For example, define the B13 of the public field of EHT-SIG as the first field, in this case, it can be further defined that when the B13 of the public field of EHT-SIG indicates 1, it indicates that the immediate response frame is fed back; when the EHT-SIG When the B13 indication of the public field of the EHT-SIG is 0, it indicates that the B13 of the public field of the EHT-SIG is ignored. Or, define B13-B16 of the public field of EHT-SIG as the first field, in this case, it can be further defined that when B13-B16 of the public field of EHT-SIG indicates all 1s (that is, B13-B16 When both are 1), it indicates to feed back an immediate response frame; when B13-B16 of the common field of the EHT-SIG is not indicated as all 1, it indicates to ignore B13-B16 of the common field of the EHT-SIG.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2022116586-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022116586-appb-000003
方式3,第一字段承载于EHT-SIG的用户字段。在一些可能的实施例中,可以将EHT-SIG的用户字段中的预留字段定义为第一字段,也即是第一PPDU的帧头中的EHT-SIG的用户字段包括第一字段。其中,EHT-SIG的用户字段可以用来为每个接收端指示用户相关的信息,如用户标识(STA-ID),调制和编码方案(modulation and coding scheme,MCS),编码方式、空间流信息等。示例性地,在802.11be标准中,非多用户多输入多输出(multi-user multiple-input multiple-output,MU-MIMO)类型的EHT-SIG的用户字段中,B15(bit 15)为预留字段。可以将非MU-MIMO类型的EHT-SIG的用户字段的B15定义为第一字段,在此情况下,可以进一步定义,当EHT-SIG的用户字段的B15指示为1时,指示反馈立即响应帧;当EHT-SIG的用户字段的B15指示为0时,指示忽略该EHT-SIG的用户字段的B15。这样,发送端可以更精细地确定哪些接收端需要反馈立即响应帧,哪些接收端忽略第一字段的指示,使得发送端对接收端的调度更加灵活。Mode 3, the first field is carried in the user field of the EHT-SIG. In some possible embodiments, the reserved field in the EHT-SIG user field may be defined as the first field, that is, the EHT-SIG user field in the frame header of the first PPDU includes the first field. Among them, the user field of EHT-SIG can be used to indicate user-related information for each receiving end, such as user identification (STA-ID), modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), coding method, spatial stream information wait. Exemplarily, in the 802.11be standard, in the user field of the non-multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) type EHT-SIG, B15 (bit 15) is reserved field. B15 of the user field of non-MU-MIMO EHT-SIG can be defined as the first field. In this case, it can be further defined that when B15 of the user field of EHT-SIG indicates 1, it indicates that the feedback immediate response frame ; When B15 of the user field of the EHT-SIG indicates 0, it indicates that B15 of the user field of the EHT-SIG is ignored. In this way, the sending end can more finely determine which receiving ends need to feed back the immediate response frame, and which receiving ends ignore the indication of the first field, so that the sending end can more flexibly schedule the receiving end.
需要说明的是,上述方式1~方式3所示的第一字段的实现方式,可以适用于802.11系统标准,例如802.11be标准或更下一代的标准中,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that, the implementation manners of the first field shown in the foregoing manners 1 to 3 may be applicable to the 802.11 system standard, such as the 802.11be standard or the next-generation standard, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,上述S601中,发送端生成第一PPDU,可以包括:若满足第一条件或第二条件,则生成第一PPDU,该第一PPDU的帧头中包括第一字段,第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。换句话说,在满足第一条件或第二条件时,发送端要求接收端反馈第一PPDU的立即响应帧。Optionally, in the above S601, generating the first PPDU at the sending end may include: if the first condition or the second condition is satisfied, generating the first PPDU, the frame header of the first PPDU includes the first field, the first field Used to indicate Feedback Immediate Response frame. In other words, when the first condition or the second condition is satisfied, the sending end requires the receiving end to feed back the immediate response frame of the first PPDU.
其中,第一条件可以包括:接收端的个数为1个,且发送端要求接收端反馈立即响应帧。第二条件可以包括:接收端的个数为多个,且每个接收端均未使用MU-MIMO,且发送端要求每个接收端反馈立即响应帧,且发送端要求每个接收端利用第一PPDU使用的频率资源反馈立即响应帧。进一步地,第二条件还可以包括发送端要 求每个接收端使用默认功率反馈立即响应帧。Wherein, the first condition may include: the number of the receiving end is one, and the sending end requires the receiving end to feed back an immediate response frame. The second condition may include: the number of receiving ends is multiple, and each receiving end does not use MU-MIMO, and the sending end requires each receiving end to feed back an immediate response frame, and the sending end requires each receiving end to use the first The frequency resource feedback used by PPDU is the immediate response frame. Further, the second condition may also include that the sending end requires each receiving end to use the default power feedback to immediately respond to the frame.
上述的发送端要求接收端反馈立即响应帧可以理解为:发送端向接收端发送数据帧时,期望接收端回复该数据帧的立即响应帧。例如,当发送端向接收端发送的数据帧中,至少一个MPDU的ACK策略设置为normal ACK、implicit BAR或HETP ACK。The aforementioned sending end requesting the receiving end to feed back an immediate response frame can be understood as: when sending a data frame to the receiving end, the sending end expects the receiving end to reply the immediate response frame of the data frame. For example, in the data frame sent from the sender to the receiver, the ACK policy of at least one MPDU is set to normal ACK, implicit BAR or HETP ACK.
在一些可能的实施例中,接收端可以利用第二PPDU反馈立即响应帧(相关说明可以参照下述的S604~S609,在此不予赘述),在此情况下,上述的发送端要求每个接收端利用第一PPDU使用的频率资源反馈立即响应帧可以理解为:发送端要求每个接收端利用第一PPDU使用的频率资源反馈第二PPDU的L-STF和L-LTF;上述的发送端要求每个接收端使用默认功率反馈立即响应帧可以理解为:发送端要求每个接收端使用默认功率反馈第二PPDU的L-STF和L-LTF。换句话说,发送带宽可以为第一PPDU使用的频率资源,第二PPDU的L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率(比如最大功率)。In some possible embodiments, the receiving end may use the second PPDU to feed back an immediate response frame (relevant descriptions may refer to the following S604-S609, which will not be described in detail here). In this case, the above-mentioned sending end requires each The receiving end uses the frequency resources used by the first PPDU to feed back the immediate response frame, which can be understood as: the sending end requires each receiving end to use the frequency resources used by the first PPDU to feed back the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU; the above-mentioned sending end Requiring each receiving end to use the default power to feed back the immediate response frame may be understood as: the sending end requires each receiving end to use the default power to feed back the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU. In other words, the transmission bandwidth may be the frequency resource used by the first PPDU, and the transmission power of the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU may be the default power (such as the maximum power).
在实际应用时,发送端可以利用第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示第二PPDU的L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽。可选地,发送端可以利用第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示第二PPDU的L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽为第一PPDU使用的频率资源。In actual application, the sending end may use the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU to indicate the sending bandwidth of the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU. Optionally, the sending end may use the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU to indicate that the sending bandwidth of the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU is the frequency resource used by the first PPDU.
可以理解,上述第一条件可以在第一场景实现,第一场景是指一个发送端与一个接收端通信的场景,第一场景也可以称为一发一收场景。上述第二条件可以在第二场景实现,第二场景是指一个发送端与多个接收端通信的场景,且在第二场景中发送端是AP,多个接收端均为STA,第二场景也可以称为一发多收场景。关于第一场景和第二场景中发送端与接收端的实现方式,可以参照下文中的相关描述,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that the above-mentioned first condition can be realized in a first scenario, and the first scenario refers to a scenario in which a sending end communicates with a receiving end, and the first scenario can also be referred to as a send-and-receive scenario. The above-mentioned second condition can be realized in the second scenario. The second scenario refers to a scenario in which a sender communicates with multiple receivers. In the second scenario, the sender is an AP and multiple receivers are STAs. The second scenario It can also be called a send-multiple-receive scenario. Regarding the implementation manners of the sending end and the receiving end in the first scenario and the second scenario, reference may be made to the relevant description below, and details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,上述S601中立即响应帧的相关说明可以参照下文中的S606的相关描述,在此不予赘述。It should be noted that, for the relevant description of the immediate response frame in S601 above, reference may be made to the relevant description of S606 below, and details are not repeated here.
S602,发送端向接收端发送第一PPDU。S602. The sending end sends the first PPDU to the receiving end.
接收端接收来自发送端的第一PPDU。The receiving end receives the first PPDU from the sending end.
S603,接收端解析第一PPDU的帧头。S603. The receiving end parses the frame header of the first PPDU.
示例性地,接收端的PHY可以解析第一PPDU的帧头,得到第一字段和用户字段中的STA-ID字段。一个PPDU的帧头的用户字段中可以包括一个或多个STA-ID。其中,关于第一字段的详细说明可以参照上述S601中的相关表述,在此不再赘述。STA-ID用于指示STA的标识,可以帮助STA判断接收的PPDU是否为发送给该STA的PPDU。比如,参照图4,假设STA2接收到一个PPDU,经过解析,确定该PPDU的帧头中存在与STA2的STA-ID一致的STA-ID,那么表示该PPDU为发送给STA2的PPDU,STA2可以进一步解析该PPDU的载荷部分。Exemplarily, the PHY at the receiving end may parse the frame header of the first PPDU to obtain the STA-ID field in the first field and the user field. One or more STA-IDs may be included in the user field of the frame header of a PPDU. Wherein, for a detailed description of the first field, reference may be made to relevant expressions in S601 above, and details are not repeated here. The STA-ID is used to indicate the identity of the STA, and can help the STA determine whether the received PPDU is a PPDU sent to the STA. For example, referring to Figure 4, assuming that STA2 receives a PPDU, after parsing, it is determined that there is a STA-ID consistent with the STA-ID of STA2 in the frame header of the PPDU, then it means that the PPDU is a PPDU sent to STA2, and STA2 can further Parse the payload portion of the PPDU.
在上述S601~S603中,第一PPDU是发送端发送给接收端的,第一PPDU中存在与接收端的STA-ID一致的STA-ID。并且,发送端需要接收端反馈第一PPDU中MAC帧的立即响应帧,因此,第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。站在发送端的角度,发送端可以确定第一PPDU中第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧,且第一PPDU中存在与接收端的STA-ID一致的STA-ID,但是站在接收端 的角度,接收端不能预先确定这些信息,因此,接收端在解析第一PPDU的帧头,得到第一字段和用户字段中的STA-ID字段后,可以执行如下步骤1和步骤2,以是否需要反馈立即响应帧。In the above S601-S603, the first PPDU is sent from the sending end to the receiving end, and the STA-ID consistent with the STA-ID of the receiving end exists in the first PPDU. In addition, the sending end needs the receiving end to feed back the immediate response frame of the MAC frame in the first PPDU, therefore, the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU is used to indicate to feed back the immediate response frame. From the perspective of the sender, the sender can determine that the first field in the first PPDU is used to indicate the feedback immediate response frame, and there is a STA-ID consistent with the STA-ID of the receiver in the first PPDU, but from the perspective of the receiver, The receiving end cannot pre-determine this information. Therefore, after the receiving end parses the frame header of the first PPDU and obtains the STA-ID field in the first field and the user field, it can perform the following steps 1 and 2 to determine whether immediate feedback is required. response frame.
步骤1,确定第一PPDU的帧头的第一字段指示的信息,若第一字段指示反馈立即响应帧,则执行如下步骤2;若第一字段指示忽略该第一字段,则忽略该第一字段。 Step 1, determine the information indicated by the first field of the frame header of the first PPDU, if the first field indicates a feedback immediate response frame, then perform the following step 2; if the first field indicates to ignore the first field, then ignore the first field.
在一些可能的实施例中,如果第一PPDU的帧头的第一字段指示忽略该第一字段,那么接收端可以解析第一PPDU中的MPDU,得到MPDU中的ACK策略字段,并根据ACK策略字段的指示确定是否反馈立即响应帧。In some possible embodiments, if the first field of the frame header of the first PPDU indicates to ignore the first field, then the receiving end can parse the MPDU in the first PPDU to obtain the ACK policy field in the MPDU, and according to the ACK policy The indication of the field determines whether an immediate response frame is fed back.
步骤2,判断第一PPDU的帧头的用户字段中的STA-ID字段是否包括接收端的STA-ID,如果用户字段中的STA-ID字段包括接收端的STA-ID,那么确定需要生成并反馈立即响应帧;如果用户字段中的STA-ID字段未包括接收端的STA-ID,则可以确定第一PPDU不是发送给接收端的,可以忽略该第一字段,也可以理解为忽略该第一PPDU。 Step 2, judge whether the STA-ID field in the user field of the frame header of the first PPDU includes the STA-ID of the receiving end, if the STA-ID field in the user field includes the STA-ID of the receiving end, then it is determined that it needs to be generated and fed back immediately Response frame; if the STA-ID field in the user field does not include the STA-ID of the receiving end, it can be determined that the first PPDU is not sent to the receiving end, and the first field can be ignored, which can also be understood as ignoring the first PPDU.
当然,上述步骤1和步骤2也可以替换为如下步骤3和步骤4。Of course, the above steps 1 and 2 can also be replaced by the following steps 3 and 4.
步骤3,判断第一PPDU的帧头的用户字段中的STA-ID字段是否包括接收端的STA-ID,如果用户字段中的STA-ID字段包括接收端的STA-ID,那么执行步骤4;如果用户字段中的STA-ID字段未包括接收端的STA-ID,则可以忽略该第一PPDU。Step 3, judge whether the STA-ID field in the user field of the frame header of the first PPDU includes the STA-ID of the receiving end, if the STA-ID field in the user field includes the STA-ID of the receiving end, then perform step 4; if the user The STA-ID field in the field does not include the STA-ID of the receiving end, then the first PPDU can be ignored.
步骤4,确定第一字段指示的信息,若第一字段指示反馈立即响应帧,则确定需要生成并反馈立即响应帧;若第一字段指示忽略该第一字段,则忽略该第一字段。 Step 4. Determine the information indicated by the first field. If the first field indicates that an immediate response frame is fed back, it is determined that an immediate response frame needs to be generated and fed back; if the first field indicates that the first field is ignored, the first field is ignored.
本领域技术人员应当理解,上述步骤1和步骤2、步骤3和步骤4仅是为了更好的解释本申请方法实施的细节,在实际的PPDU解析中,不限制其内部实现的步骤以及先后时序,能够实现如上的功能即可,在本申请实施例中不做限制。Those skilled in the art should understand that the above step 1 and step 2, step 3 and step 4 are only to better explain the details of the implementation of the method of this application, and in the actual PPDU analysis, the internal implementation steps and sequence are not limited , it only needs to be able to realize the above functions, and there is no limitation in this embodiment of the present application.
在上述S601~S603中,发送端可以向接收端发送第一PPDU,该第一PPDU的帧头中携带有第一字段,该第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。这样,接收端在解析第一PPDU的帧头时,可以根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段的指示,确定需要反馈立即响应帧。而在当前的技术中,接收端需要在MAC层完成对第一PPDU的MPDU的解析后,才能确定需要反馈立即响应帧,也即是说,本申请能够提前确定需要反馈立即响应帧,这样,能够使得接收端的接收处理更加灵活,保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求。In the above S601-S603, the sending end may send the first PPDU to the receiving end, and the frame header of the first PPDU carries a first field, and the first field is used to indicate to feed back an immediate response frame. In this way, when parsing the frame header of the first PPDU, the receiving end may determine that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back according to the indication of the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU. However, in the current technology, the receiving end needs to complete the analysis of the MPDU of the first PPDU at the MAC layer before determining that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back. That is to say, the present application can determine in advance that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back, so that The receiving processing of the receiving end can be made more flexible, and the timing of the receiving end can be guaranteed to meet the SIFS timing requirement.
其中,当接收端确定需要生成并反馈立即响应帧时,接收端的PHY可以开始生成第二PPDU,该第二PPDU用于携带立即响应帧,相关说明可以参照下文S604~S609。Wherein, when the receiving end determines that an immediate response frame needs to be generated and fed back, the PHY of the receiving end may start to generate a second PPDU, and the second PPDU is used to carry the immediate response frame. For related descriptions, refer to S604-S609 below.
可选地,图7为本申请实施例提供的的又一种通信方法的流程示意图,如图7所示,在上述图6所示的通信方法S603之后,还可以包括如下S604~S609,下面分别进行介绍。Optionally, FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, after the communication method S603 shown in FIG. 6 above, the following S604-S609 may also be included, the following Introduce separately.
S604,接收端根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段,生成第二PPDU中的第二字段。S604. The receiving end generates the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU.
其中,第二PPDU用于承载立即响应帧,第二PPDU可以包括两部分字段,分别 为第二字段和第三字段。可选地,第二字段可以是接收端的PHY在生成第二PPDU时根据第一PPDU的帧头生成的字段,其中,第二字段也可以理解为PPDU中与MAC层信息无关的固定序列,比如可以是物理帧的起始字段非HT前导(Non-HT preamble),包括L-STF和L-LTF。关于第三字段的说明可以参照下述S607,在此不予赘述。Wherein, the second PPDU is used to carry the immediate response frame, and the second PPDU may include two parts of fields, which are respectively the second field and the third field. Optionally, the second field may be a field generated by the PHY at the receiving end according to the frame header of the first PPDU when generating the second PPDU, wherein the second field may also be understood as a fixed sequence in the PPDU that has nothing to do with the MAC layer information, such as It can be the non-HT preamble (Non-HT preamble) of the start field of the physical frame, including L-STF and L-LTF. For the description of the third field, reference may be made to the following S607, which will not be repeated here.
示例性地,接收端的PHY在完成第一PPDU的帧头的解析之后,如果第一字段指示反馈立即响应帧,那么接收端的PHY可以根据该第一字段的指示生成第二字段,无需等待MAC层对第一PPDU中的MPDU的解析结果,也即是接收端的PHY生成第二字段的时间可以位于MAC层对第一PPDU中的MPDU进行解析之前或之后,此时,接收端可以继续进行接收和解析数据的操作,从而提高处理效率。Exemplarily, after the PHY of the receiving end completes the parsing of the frame header of the first PPDU, if the first field indicates feedback of an immediate response frame, the PHY of the receiving end may generate the second field according to the indication of the first field without waiting for the MAC layer to The analysis result of the MPDU in the first PPDU, that is, the time when the PHY of the receiving end generates the second field may be before or after the MAC layer parses the MPDU in the first PPDU. At this time, the receiving end can continue to receive and The operation of parsing data improves processing efficiency.
在一些可能的实施例中,第二字段通常位于第二PPDU的帧头。可选地,上述的第二字段可以包括第二PPDU的帧头的L-STF和L-LTF,其中,L-STF和L-LTF可以由接收端的PHY根据第一PPDU的帧头生成。也即是说,第二PPDU包括L-STF和L-LTF。当第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF时,接收端在发送L-STF和L-LTF时需要16微秒的发送时间,从而可以为接收端对第一PPDU的接收处理的过程延长至少16微秒,保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求。并且,能够放宽接收端的处理时序要求,使得接收端的接收处理更加灵活。In some possible embodiments, the second field is usually located at the frame header of the second PPDU. Optionally, the above-mentioned second field may include L-STF and L-LTF of the frame header of the second PPDU, where the L-STF and L-LTF may be generated by the PHY at the receiving end according to the frame header of the first PPDU. That is to say, the second PPDU includes L-STF and L-LTF. When the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, the receiving end needs 16 microseconds of sending time when sending L-STF and L-LTF, so that the process of receiving and processing the first PPDU at the receiving end can be extended by at least 16 microseconds, to ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the SIFS timing requirements. Moreover, the processing timing requirements of the receiving end can be relaxed, so that the receiving processing of the receiving end is more flexible.
可选地,上述的第二字段的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。以第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF举例,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的带宽字段指示。其中,第一PPDU的帧头的带宽字段可以指示第二PPDU的L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽为第一PPDU使用的频率资源。换句话说,接收端可以以第一PPDU使用的频率资源向发送端发送该第二字段。Optionally, the above-mentioned sending bandwidth of the second field may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU. Taking the example that the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, the transmission bandwidth of L-STF and L-LTF may be indicated by the bandwidth field of the frame header of the first PPDU. Wherein, the bandwidth field of the frame header of the first PPDU may indicate that the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU is the frequency resource used by the first PPDU. In other words, the receiving end may use the frequency resources used by the first PPDU to send the second field to the sending end.
可选地,上述的第二字段的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者上述的L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。这样,接收端可以确定第二字段的发送功率,并在SIFS结束时依据该发送功率发送第二字段,能够保证接收端的时序满足SIFS时序要求的同时,提高接收端发送第二字段的灵活性。Optionally, the above-mentioned sending power of the second field may be determined by the receiving end, or the above-mentioned sending power of the L-STF and L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power. In this way, the receiving end can determine the sending power of the second field, and send the second field according to the sending power at the end of SIFS, which can ensure that the timing of the receiving end meets the timing requirements of SIFS and improve the flexibility of sending the second field at the receiving end.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,第二PPDU是指承载立即响应帧的PPDU,第二字段是指第二PPDU中的第一部分字段,第三字段是指第二PPDU中的第二部分字段,该第二部分字段是第二PPDU中第一部分字段以外的剩余字段。其中,在没有特殊说明的情况下,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF,第三字段包括立即响应帧,在此统一说明,下文不再赘述。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the application, the second PPDU refers to the PPDU carrying the immediate response frame, the second field refers to the first part of the field in the second PPDU, and the third field refers to the second part of the second PPDU field, the second part of the field is the remaining fields in the second PPDU other than the first part of the field. Wherein, unless otherwise specified, the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, and the third field includes an immediate response frame, which will be described uniformly here and will not be repeated hereafter.
S605,接收端解析第一PPDU中的MPDU。S605. The receiving end parses the MPDU in the first PPDU.
其中,第一PPDU中的载荷包含的MPDU个数可以为一个或多个,第一PPDU中载荷包含的MPDU类型可以是MPDU、A-MPDU、S-MPDU等,本申请对此不作限定。The number of MPDUs contained in the payload in the first PPDU may be one or more, and the type of MPDU contained in the payload in the first PPDU may be MPDU, A-MPDU, S-MPDU, etc., which is not limited in this application.
示例性地,如图8所示,接收端的PHY可以解析第一PPDU中的载荷,所述载荷中包含至少一个MPDU(以下记为第一MPDU),然后向接收端的MAC层传递该载荷;接收端的MAC层可以对该至少一个第一MPDU进行帧检验序列(frame check sequence,FCS)校验、ACK策略字段检查等操作,得到至少一个要求反馈立即响应 帧的MPDU(以下记为第二MPDU)的FCS校验结果。其中,第二MPDU是指:第一PPDU的载荷包含的至少一个第一MPDU中ACK策略字段指示反馈立即响应帧的MPDU。Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 8, the PHY of the receiving end can parse the load in the first PPDU, which contains at least one MPDU (hereinafter denoted as the first MPDU), and then transfer the load to the MAC layer of the receiving end; receiving The MAC layer at the end can perform operations such as frame check sequence (frame check sequence, FCS) checking, ACK policy field inspection, etc. to the at least one first MPDU, and obtain at least one MPDU (hereinafter referred to as the second MPDU) that requires feedback of an immediate response frame. The FCS check result. Wherein, the second MPDU refers to: the MPDU in which the ACK policy field in at least one first MPDU included in the payload of the first PPDU indicates to feed back an immediate response frame.
在S605中,接收端解析第一PPDU中的MPDU后,可以得到至少一个第二MPDU。In S605, the receiving end may obtain at least one second MPDU after parsing the MPDU in the first PPDU.
S606,接收端根据MPDU生成立即响应帧。S606, the receiving end generates an immediate response frame according to the MPDU.
其中,立即响应帧用于指示第三MPDU的接收结果,第三MPDU表示发送端指示接收端反馈的MPDU,本申请对此不作限定。示例性地,如果第二MPDU是BAR,那么第三MPDU可以包括第二MPDU指示需要反馈立即响应帧的MPDU;如果第二MPDU不是BAR,那么第三MPDU可以为第二MPDU。Wherein, the immediate response frame is used to indicate the receiving result of the third MPDU, and the third MPDU indicates the MPDU that the sending end instructs the receiving end to feed back, which is not limited in this application. Exemplarily, if the second MPDU is a BAR, then the third MPDU may include an MPDU in which the second MPDU indicates that an immediate response frame needs to be fed back; if the second MPDU is not a BAR, then the third MPDU may be the second MPDU.
可选地,上述立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧、NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。其中,ACK帧可以用于指示第一PPDU中的MPDU被成功接收,BA帧可以用于指示多个第三MPDU的接收结果。NACK帧可以用于指示第三MPDU未被成功接收。NDP BA帧可以用于指示一个或多个第三MPDU的接收结果,短TWT ACK帧可以用于指示第三MPDU的接收结果,TWT ACK帧可以用于指示第三MPDU的接收结果。BA TWT帧可以用于指示多个第三MPDU的接收结果。QoS+CF-ACK帧可以用于指示第三MPDU的接收结果。Optionally, the above immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame. Wherein, the ACK frame may be used to indicate that the MPDU in the first PPDU is successfully received, and the BA frame may be used to indicate the receiving result of multiple third MPDUs. A NACK frame may be used to indicate that the third MPDU was not successfully received. The NDP BA frame may be used to indicate the reception result of one or more third MPDUs, the short TWT ACK frame may be used to indicate the reception result of the third MPDU, and the TWT ACK frame may be used to indicate the reception result of the third MPDU. The BA TWT frame may be used to indicate the reception result of a plurality of third MPDUs. The QoS+CF-ACK frame may be used to indicate the reception result of the third MPDU.
上述的接收结果可以理解为:发送端已发送的至少一个第三MPDU是否被成功接收。以BA帧为例,如果N个第三MPDU被成功接收以及M个第三MPDU未被成功接收,那么BA帧可以用于指示被成功接收的N个第三MPDU以及未被成功接收M个第三MPDU,N可以为大于或等于0的正整数,M可以为大于或等于0的正整数,其他类型的立即响应帧以此为例,在此不再赘述。示例性地,BA帧可以用位图(bitmap)的形式进行指示,bitmap中可以包括多个位,每个位与一个MPDU对应,每个位可以用于指示一个MPDU的接收结果,例如,置0的位表示与该位对应的MPDU未被成功接收,置1的位表示与该位对应的MPDU被成功接收。一种可能的示例中,假设BA帧中的bitmap为011000,011000中的位按从左到右的顺序依次与MPDU1~MPDU6对应,那么该bitmap可以表示MPDU1、MPDU4~MPDU6未被成功接收,MPDU2、MPDU3被成功接收。The above receiving result can be understood as: whether at least one third MPDU sent by the sender is successfully received. Taking the BA frame as an example, if N third MPDUs are successfully received and M third MPDUs are not successfully received, then the BA frame can be used to indicate that the N third MPDUs were successfully received and the M third MPDUs were not successfully received. Three MPDUs, N can be a positive integer greater than or equal to 0, M can be a positive integer greater than or equal to 0, other types of immediate response frames are taken as an example, and will not be repeated here. Exemplarily, the BA frame can be indicated in the form of a bitmap (bitmap), and the bitmap can include multiple bits, each bit corresponds to an MPDU, and each bit can be used to indicate the reception result of an MPDU, for example, setting A bit of 0 indicates that the MPDU corresponding to this bit has not been successfully received, and a bit set to 1 indicates that the MPDU corresponding to this bit has been successfully received. In a possible example, assuming that the bitmap in the BA frame is 011000, and the bits in 011000 correspond to MPDU1~MPDU6 in order from left to right, then the bitmap can indicate that MPDU1, MPDU4~MPDU6 were not successfully received, and MPDU2 , MPDU3 is successfully received.
示例性地,接收端可以根据至少一个第三MPDU的FCS校验结果生成立即响应帧。具体地,以ACK帧、BA帧和NACK帧举例,当FCS校验结果为存在第三MPDU的FCS校验正确,则生成ACK帧或BA帧;当FCS校验结果为所有第三MPDU的FCS校验错误,则生成NACK帧或BA帧,该BA帧的位图(bitmap)用于指示所有第三MPDU未被成功接收,比如,该BA帧的位图可以为全0,以指示所有第三MPDU未被成功接收。Exemplarily, the receiving end may generate an immediate response frame according to the FCS check result of at least one third MPDU. Specifically, taking an ACK frame, a BA frame and a NACK frame as an example, when the FCS check result is that the FCS check of the third MPDU is correct, an ACK frame or a BA frame is generated; when the FCS check result is the FCS of all the third MPDU check error, then generate a NACK frame or a BA frame, the bitmap (bitmap) of the BA frame is used to indicate that all the third MPDUs have not been successfully received, for example, the bitmap of the BA frame can be all 0, to indicate that all the third MPDU Three MPDUs were not successfully received.
可选地,上述立即响应帧可以包括帧控制(frame control)字段,该帧控制字段中可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。其中,接收端在生成NACK帧时,可以利用类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段联合指示立即响应帧为NACK帧,实施方式可以包括如下方式4~方式5,下面分别进行介绍。Optionally, the above-mentioned immediate response frame may include a frame control (frame control) field, and the frame control field may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field. Wherein, when the receiving end generates the NACK frame, it can use the type field, the subtype field and the control frame extension field to jointly indicate that the immediate response frame is a NACK frame. The implementation methods may include the following modes 4 to 5, which will be introduced respectively below.
方式4,利用类型字段、子类型字段指示:立即响应帧的类型由控制帧扩展字段指示。在一些可能的实施例中,如果类型字段指示为1、子类型字段指示为6,那么指示立即响应帧的类型由控制帧扩展字段指示。其中,当立即响应帧的类型由控制帧扩展字段指示时,可以利用控制帧扩展字段中的保留值指示立即响应帧的类型为NACK帧。具体地,如表4所示,类型字段指示为1、子类型字段指示为6,指示立即响应帧的类型由控制帧扩展字段指示,其中,当控制帧扩展字段指示为0000、0001或1011~1111中的一个或多个时,可以指示该立即响应帧的类型为NACK帧,表示接收端接收到第一PPDU,但接收失败。其中,当类型字段指示为1、子类型字段指示为6,且控制帧扩展字段指示为0000、0001或1011~1111中的一个或多个时,NACK帧的格式可以如图9所示。 Mode 4, using the type field and the subtype field to indicate: the type of the immediate response frame is indicated by the extension field of the control frame. In some possible embodiments, if the type field indicates 1 and the subtype field indicates 6, then the type indicating the immediate response frame is indicated by the control frame extension field. Wherein, when the type of the immediate response frame is indicated by the extension field of the control frame, the reserved value in the extension field of the control frame may be used to indicate that the type of the immediate response frame is a NACK frame. Specifically, as shown in Table 4, the type field indicates 1, the subtype field indicates 6, and indicates that the type of the immediate response frame is indicated by the control frame extension field, wherein, when the control frame extension field indicates 0000, 0001 or 1011~ When one or more of 1111 are selected, it may indicate that the type of the immediate response frame is a NACK frame, indicating that the receiving end has received the first PPDU but failed to receive it. Wherein, when the type field indicates 1, the subtype field indicates 6, and the control frame extension field indicates one or more of 0000, 0001 or 1011-1111, the format of the NACK frame may be as shown in FIG. 9 .
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2022116586-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022116586-appb-000004
方式5,利用类型字段、子类型字段指示立即响应帧的类型。在一些可能的实施例 中,当类型字段指示为1,且子类型字段指示为0、1、2或15中的一个或多个时,指示立即响应帧的类型为NACK帧,表示接收端接收到第一PPDU,但接收失败。其中,当类型字段指示为1,且子类型字段指示为0、1、2或15中的一个或多个时,NACK帧的格式可以如图10所示。In mode 5, the type field and the subtype field are used to indicate the type of the immediate response frame. In some possible embodiments, when the type field indicates 1 and the subtype field indicates one or more of 0, 1, 2 or 15, it indicates that the type of the immediate response frame is a NACK frame, indicating that the receiving end receives to the first PPDU, but failed to receive. Wherein, when the type field indicates 1, and the subtype field indicates one or more of 0, 1, 2 or 15, the format of the NACK frame may be as shown in FIG. 10 .
在一些可能的实施例中,如果第一PPDU中的MPDU未被成功接收,那么接收端可以不生成立即响应帧,也即是不生成第三字段,不发送第二PPDU中的第三字段。这样,发送端在指定时间内未收到第三字段时,则可以确定立即响应帧为NACK帧,接收端接收到第一PPDU,但接收失败。这样可以隐式指示立即响应帧为NACK帧。In some possible embodiments, if the MPDU in the first PPDU is not successfully received, the receiving end may not generate an immediate response frame, that is, neither generate the third field nor send the third field in the second PPDU. In this way, when the sending end does not receive the third field within the specified time, it can determine that the immediate response frame is a NACK frame, and the receiving end fails to receive the first PPDU after receiving the first PPDU. This implicitly indicates that the immediate response frame is a NACK frame.
S607,接收端根据立即响应帧生成第二PPDU中的第三字段。S607. The receiving end generates a third field in the second PPDU according to the immediate response frame.
其中,第三字段为上述第二PPDU中的另一部分字段,第三字段中包括立即响应帧,也即是立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。示例性地,如果上述第二字段包括L-LTF和L-STF,那么第三字段可以包括第二PPDU的帧头的剩余部分和PHY服务数据单元(PHY service data unit,PSDU),该PSDU包括上述的立即响应帧。Wherein, the third field is another part of fields in the second PPDU, and the third field includes an immediate response frame, that is, the immediate response frame can be carried in the second PPDU. Exemplarily, if the above-mentioned second field includes L-LTF and L-STF, then the third field may include the remainder of the frame header of the second PPDU and a PHY service data unit (PHY service data unit, PSDU), the PSDU includes The immediate response frame above.
示例性地,第三字段可以是接收端的PHY在生成第二PPDU时根据MAC层的发送参数指示和MAC层载荷(包括立即响应帧)生成的字段。具体地,接收端在生成第三字段时,接收端的MAC层可以根据第一PPDU的MPDU的解析结果生成MAC层载荷(包括立即响应帧)和MAC层的发送参数指示,然后向PHY发送该MAC层载荷和MAC层的发送参数指示;接收端的PHY可以根据来自MAC层的MAC层载荷和MAC层的发送参数指示生成第三字段。其中,MAC层的发送参数指示可以理解为:发送带宽、发送功率、MCS等发送参数,MAC层载荷可以理解为MAC层生成的MPDU,也即是包括立即响应帧。Exemplarily, the third field may be a field generated by the PHY of the receiving end according to the MAC layer transmission parameter indication and the MAC layer payload (including the immediate response frame) when generating the second PPDU. Specifically, when the receiving end generates the third field, the MAC layer of the receiving end can generate the MAC layer load (including the immediate response frame) and the sending parameter indication of the MAC layer according to the analysis result of the MPDU of the first PPDU, and then send the MAC layer to the PHY Layer payload and MAC layer transmission parameter indication; the PHY at the receiving end may generate the third field according to the MAC layer payload from the MAC layer and the MAC layer transmission parameter indication. Wherein, the transmission parameter indication of the MAC layer can be understood as: transmission parameters such as transmission bandwidth, transmission power, and MCS, and the MAC layer payload can be understood as an MPDU generated by the MAC layer, that is, including an immediate response frame.
S608,接收端向发送端发送第二PPDU。S608. The receiving end sends the second PPDU to the sending end.
发送端接收来自接收端的第二PPDU。The sending end receives the second PPDU from the receiving end.
结合上文描述,第二PPDU可以包括第二字段和第三字段,接收端在发送第二PPDU时,可以依次发送第二PPDU的第二字段和第三字段。In combination with the above description, the second PPDU may include the second field and the third field, and when sending the second PPDU, the receiving end may send the second field and the third field of the second PPDU in sequence.
对于第二PPDU的第二字段,以第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF举例,接收端的PHY可以在SIFS结束时向发送端发送第二PPDU的L-STF和L-LTF。For the second field of the second PPDU, taking the second field including L-STF and L-LTF as an example, the PHY at the receiving end may send the L-STF and L-LTF of the second PPDU to the sending end when the SIFS ends.
对于第二PPDU的第三字段,接收端可以在第二字段的发送时间结束时向发送端发送第二PPDU中的第三字段。其中,第三字段的发送功率可以由触发(Trigger)帧或MPDU中的触发响应调度(triggered response scheduling,TRS)控制(Control)字段指示,第三字段的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU包含的MPDU中的资源单元指示(RU allocation)字段指示,比如第三字段的发送带宽由Trigger帧中的RU allocation字段指示,或者由MPDU中的TRS控制字段中的RU allocation字段指示。For the third field of the second PPDU, the receiving end may send the third field in the second PPDU to the sending end when the sending time of the second field ends. Wherein, the transmission power of the third field may be indicated by the Triggered Response Scheduling (triggered response scheduling, TRS) control (Control) field in the trigger (Trigger) frame or MPDU, and the transmission bandwidth of the third field may be indicated by the MPDU contained in the first PPDU The resource unit indication (RU allocation) field in the RU allocation field indicates, for example, the transmission bandwidth of the third field is indicated by the RU allocation field in the Trigger frame, or indicated by the RU allocation field in the TRS control field in the MPDU.
在S601~S608中,发送端可以向接收端发送第一PPDU,该第一PPDU的帧头中携带有第一字段,该第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。这样,接收端在发送第二PPDU的第二字段的过程中,还可以继续对第一PPDU进行接收处理,比如对第一PPDU进行解析以生成第三字段,也即是可以继续执行上述S605~S607中的一个或多步骤。换句话说,接收端对第一PPDU的接收处理的结束时间可以位于第二字段的发送时间结束之前。而在现有技术中,对第一PPDU的接收处理的结束时间需要位于SIFS结束 之前。因此,本申请能够放宽PHY处理时延、MAC层处理时延和发送处理时延,也即是能够延长接收端对PPDU的接收处理时间,保证接收端的处理时序满足SIFS时序要求,并且,能够通过放宽接收端的处理时序要求,使得接收端的接收处理更加灵活。In S601-S608, the sending end may send a first PPDU to the receiving end, where a frame header of the first PPDU carries a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back. In this way, during the process of sending the second field of the second PPDU, the receiving end can continue to receive and process the first PPDU, such as parsing the first PPDU to generate the third field, that is, it can continue to execute the above S605- One or more steps in S607. In other words, the end time of the reception process of the first PPDU by the receiving end may be before the end of the sending time of the second field. However, in the prior art, the end time of the receiving process of the first PPDU needs to be before the end of the SIFS. Therefore, this application can relax the PHY processing delay, MAC layer processing delay and transmission processing delay, that is, it can prolong the reception and processing time of the PPDU at the receiving end, and ensure that the processing timing of the receiving end meets the SIFS timing requirements, and can pass Relaxing the processing timing requirements of the receiving end makes the receiving processing of the receiving end more flexible.
需要注意的是,本领域技术人员应当理解,上述S603~S608仅是为了更好的解释本申请方法实施的细节,在实际的第一PPDU的解析和第二PPDU的发送中,不限制其内部实现的步骤以及先后时序,能够实现如上的功能即可,在本申请实施例中不做限制。It should be noted that those skilled in the art should understand that the above S603-S608 are only for better explaining the implementation details of the method of this application, and do not limit the actual analysis of the first PPDU and the sending of the second PPDU. The implementation steps and sequence are only required to implement the above functions, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在一些可能的实施例中,上述S604、S608可以概括为根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段发送第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括该第二字段。上述S607、S608可以概括为根据立即响应帧发送第二PPDU,该第二PPDU包括该第三字段,本申请对此不作限定。In some possible embodiments, the above S604 and S608 may be summarized as sending the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the second PPDU includes the second field. The above S607 and S608 can be summarized as sending the second PPDU according to the immediate response frame, and the second PPDU includes the third field, which is not limited in this application.
S609,发送端根据第二PPDU确定第一PPDU中MPDU的接收结果。S609. The sending end determines a receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the second PPDU.
示例性地,发送端可以解析第二PPDU中的立即响应帧,并根据立即响应帧确定第一PPDU中MPDU的接收结果。Exemplarily, the sending end may parse the immediate response frame in the second PPDU, and determine the reception result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the immediate response frame.
示例性地,如果第二PPDU中的立即响应帧为ACK帧,那么可以确定第一PPDU中的MPDU发送成功。Exemplarily, if the immediate response frame in the second PPDU is an ACK frame, it may be determined that the MPDU in the first PPDU is sent successfully.
如果第二PPDU中的立即响应帧为BA帧,那么可以根据BA帧中的bitmap的指示来确定哪些MPDU发送成功,哪些MPDU发送失败。If the immediate response frame in the second PPDU is a BA frame, it may be determined which MPDUs are successfully sent and which MPDUs are failed to be sent according to the indication of the bitmap in the BA frame.
如果发送端不支持NACK帧,且未解析出第二PPDU中的立即响应帧为ACK帧,那么可以确定第一PPDU中的MPDU发送失败。If the sending end does not support the NACK frame, and does not analyze that the immediate response frame in the second PPDU is an ACK frame, it can be determined that the MPDU in the first PPDU fails to be sent.
如果发送端支持NACK帧,且第二PPDU中的立即响应帧为NACK帧,那么可以确定第一PPDU中的MPDU发送失败。If the sending end supports NACK frames, and the immediate response frame in the second PPDU is a NACK frame, it can be determined that the MPDU in the first PPDU fails to be sent.
在一些可能的实施例中,接收端也可能不生成立即响应帧,也即是不生成第三字段,不发送第二PPDU中的第三字段,因此,如果发送端支持NACK帧,且在指定时间内未收到第三字段时,则可以确定第一PPDU中的MPDU发送失败。In some possible embodiments, the receiving end may not generate an immediate response frame, that is, the third field is not generated, and the third field in the second PPDU is not sent. Therefore, if the sending end supports NACK frames and specifies If the third field is not received within the time, it can be determined that the MPDU in the first PPDU fails to be sent.
本申请实施例中的PPDU,包括上述的第一PPDU和第二PPDU,第一PPDU可以是EHT PPDU或更高版本的PPDU,第二PPDU可以是任意一种格式的PPDU。The PPDU in this embodiment of the present application includes the above-mentioned first PPDU and second PPDU. The first PPDU may be an EHT PPDU or a PPDU of a later version, and the second PPDU may be a PPDU of any format.
本申请实施例中,上述第一PPDU中MAC帧的类型可以是如下任意一种:数据帧、请求发送(request to send,RTS)帧、省电轮询(power save poll,PS-Poll)帧、高吞吐量(high throughput,HT)显式(explicit)空数据包(null data packet,NDP)帧、极高吞吐量(very high throughput,VHT)空数据包通知(null data packet announcement,NDPA)和NDP帧(可以用VHT NDPA+NDP帧表示)、VHT波束赋形报告轮询(beamforming report poll,BFRP)帧、基本(Basic)触发(Trigger)帧、BFRP Trigger帧、多用户请求发送(multi-user request to send,MU-RTS)Trigger帧、多用户块确认请求(multi-user block ack request,MU-BAR)Trigger帧、缓存状态报告轮询(buffer status report poll,BSRP)Trigger帧、组播重传(group-cast retry,GCR)MU-BAR Trigger帧、带宽查询报告轮询(bandwidth query report poll,BQRP)Trigger帧、NDP反馈报告轮询(NDP feedback report poll,NFRP)Trigger帧。上述立即响应帧的类型可以是如下任意一种:ACK帧、允许发送帧(clear to send frame,CTS)、 波束赋形报告(beamforming report,BFR)帧、VHT压缩(compressed)BFR帧、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)数据(Data)帧、高效(high efficiency,HE)compressed BFRP帧、BA帧、多STA-BA(MultiSTA-BA)帧、QoS空(Null)Data帧、NDP反馈(feedback)帧。其中,表5为第一PPDU中MAC帧的类型与立即响应帧的类型的对应关系,如下表5所示,以第一PPDU中MAC帧的类型为RTS帧举例,RTS帧对应的立即响应帧的类型可以为CTS帧,也即是说,当第一PPDU中MAC帧为RTS帧时,接收端反馈的立即响应帧可以为CTS帧。In the embodiment of the present application, the type of the MAC frame in the above-mentioned first PPDU can be any of the following: data frame, request to send (request to send, RTS) frame, power save poll (power save poll, PS-Poll) frame , high throughput (high throughput, HT) explicit (null data packet, NDP) frame, very high throughput (very high throughput, VHT) null data packet announcement (null data packet announcement, NDPA) And NDP frame (can be represented by VHT NDPA+NDP frame), VHT beamforming report poll (beamforming report poll, BFRP) frame, basic (Basic) trigger (Trigger) frame, BFRP Trigger frame, multi-user request to send (multi -user request to send, MU-RTS) Trigger frame, multi-user block ack request (multi-user block ack request, MU-BAR) Trigger frame, buffer status report poll (buffer status report poll, BSRP) Trigger frame, group Broadcast retransmission (group-cast retry, GCR) MU-BAR Trigger frame, bandwidth query report poll (bandwidth query report poll, BQRP) Trigger frame, NDP feedback report poll (NDP feedback report poll, NFRP) Trigger frame. The type of the above-mentioned immediate response frame can be any of the following: ACK frame, clear to send frame (CTS), beamforming report (beamforming report, BFR) frame, VHT compressed (compressed) BFR frame, quality of service (quality of service, QoS) data (Data) frame, high efficiency (high efficiency, HE) compressed BFRP frame, BA frame, multi STA-BA (MultiSTA-BA) frame, QoS empty (Null) Data frame, NDP feedback (feedback )frame. Among them, Table 5 is the corresponding relationship between the type of the MAC frame in the first PPDU and the type of the immediate response frame, as shown in Table 5 below, taking the type of the MAC frame in the first PPDU as an RTS frame as an example, the immediate response frame corresponding to the RTS frame The type of can be a CTS frame, that is, when the MAC frame in the first PPDU is an RTS frame, the immediate response frame fed back by the receiving end can be a CTS frame.
表5table 5
第一PPDU中MAC帧的类型Type of MAC frame in the first PPDU 立即响应帧的类型Type of immediate response frame
数据帧Data Frame ACK帧ACK frame
RTS帧RTS frame CTS帧CTS frame
PS-Poll帧PS-Poll frame ACK帧ACK frame
HT explicit NDP帧HT explicit NDP frame BFR帧BFR frame
VHT NDPA+NDP帧VHT NDPA+NDP frame VHT Compressed BFR帧VHT Compressed BFR frame
VHT BFRP帧VHT BFRP frame VHT Compressed BFR帧VHT Compressed BFR frame
Basic Trigger帧Basic Trigger frame QoS Data帧QoS Data frame
BFRP Trigger帧BFRP Trigger frame HE compressed BFRP帧HE compressed BFRP frame
MU-RTS Trigger帧MU-RTS Trigger frame CTS帧CTS frame
MU-BAR Trigger帧MU-BAR Trigger frame BA帧或MultiSTA-BA帧BA frame or MultiSTA-BA frame
BSRP Trigger帧BSRP Trigger frame QoS Null Data帧QoS Null Data frame
GCR MU-BAR Trigger帧GCR MU-BAR Trigger frame BA帧BA frame
BQRP Trigger帧BQRP Trigger frame QoS Null Data帧QoS Null Data frame
NFRP Trigger帧NFRP Trigger frame NDP feedback帧NDP feedback frame
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种接收端的收发处理时序示意图,下面结合图11对上述S601~S609过程进行说明。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a timing sequence of sending and receiving processing at the receiving end provided by an embodiment of the present application. The above-mentioned processes of S601 to S609 will be described below with reference to FIG. 11 .
示例性地,如图11所示,发送端向接收端发送的第一PPDU(携带数据帧)中包括PPDU帧头和载荷,该PPDU的载荷中包括一个或多个OFDM符号(图11中以3个OFDM符号作为示例),该PPDU的载荷用于携带MAC帧,该MAC帧的帧头携带有ACK策略字段。在图11中,发送端发送的PPDU的载荷为3个OFDM符号,分别为第一个OFDM符号、第二个OFDM符号、第三个OFDM符号。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 11 , the first PPDU (carrying a data frame) sent by the sending end to the receiving end includes a PPDU frame header and a payload, and the payload of the PPDU includes one or more OFDM symbols (represented in FIG. 11 as 3 OFDM symbols as an example), the payload of the PPDU is used to carry a MAC frame, and the frame header of the MAC frame carries an ACK policy field. In FIG. 11 , the payload of the PPDU sent by the sender is 3 OFDM symbols, which are the first OFDM symbol, the second OFDM symbol, and the third OFDM symbol.
在图11中的时间A,接收端完成第一PPDU的PHY帧头的解析,得到第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段,该第一字段指示反馈立即响应帧。接收端可以根据第一字段的指示生成第二字段,并在SIFS结束时(图11中的时间D)发送该第二字段。At time A in FIG. 11 , the receiving end completes the parsing of the PHY frame header of the first PPDU, and obtains the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the first field indicates a feedback immediate response frame. The receiving end may generate the second field according to the indication of the first field, and send the second field when the SIFS ends (time D in FIG. 11 ).
在第二字段的发送时间结束之前,图11中的时间段AE内,接收端可以执行如下操作:接收端的PHY可以接收处理第一PPDU,包括接收处理第一PPDU中的3个OFDM符号,获取第一PPDU中的MPDU,并发送给MAC层;接收端的MAC层进行MAC接收处理操作,以解析第一PPDU中的MPDU,生成立即响应帧;接收端的MAC层指示PHY层生成第三字段,该第三字段用于承载立即响应帧。Before the end of the sending time of the second field, within the time period AE in Figure 11, the receiving end can perform the following operations: the PHY of the receiving end can receive and process the first PPDU, including receiving and processing the 3 OFDM symbols in the first PPDU, and obtain The MPDU in the first PPDU is sent to the MAC layer; the MAC layer at the receiving end performs a MAC receiving processing operation to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU to generate an immediate response frame; the MAC layer at the receiving end instructs the PHY layer to generate a third field, which The third field is used to carry the immediate response frame.
最后,接收端的MAC层可以在第二字段的发送时间结束(图11中的时间E) 时,发送第三字段。简而言之,接收端对第一PPDU的接收处理的结束时间可以位于第二字段之前。而在现有技术中,接收端对第一PPDU的接收处理的结束时间需要位于SIFS结束之前。这样,本申请能够延长接收端对PPDU的接收处理时间,保证接收端的处理时序满足SIFS时序要求,并且,能够放宽接收端的处理时序要求,使得接收端的接收处理更加灵活。Finally, the MAC layer at the receiving end may send the third field when the sending time of the second field ends (time E in FIG. 11 ). In short, the end time of receiving processing of the first PPDU by the receiving end may be located before the second field. However, in the prior art, the end time of receiving processing of the first PPDU at the receiving end needs to be before the end of the SIFS. In this way, the present application can extend the receiving and processing time of the PPDU at the receiving end, ensure that the processing timing of the receiving end meets the SIFS timing requirement, and relax the processing timing requirement of the receiving end, making the receiving and processing of the receiving end more flexible.
可选地,在图11中,MAC层处理时延之后还可以包括发送处理时延(图11中未示出),该发送处理时延位于MAC层处理时延与时间E之间,在该发送处理时延中,接收端可以进行第二PPDU的第三字段的发送处理操作,以在时间E发送该第二PPDU的第三字段。Optionally, in FIG. 11 , after the MAC layer processing delay, a sending processing delay (not shown in FIG. 11 ) may also be included, and the sending processing delay is located between the MAC layer processing delay and time E. During the sending processing delay, the receiving end may perform a sending processing operation of the third field of the second PPDU, so as to send the third field of the second PPDU at time E.
作为一种可行的实施方式,在上述S601中,发送端在生成第一PPDU的过程中,发送端可以对第一PPDU进行MAC填充。具体如下:发送端的MAC层可以在生成第一PPDU的MAC帧时,在MAC帧的有效数据之后添加填充(padding)字段,也即是在MAC帧之后添加一部分无效数据比特作为新的MAC帧。如图12所示,接收端在接收完MAC帧中的有效数据(图12中以DATA示出)后,可以进行数据校验以及生成立即响应帧。然后,接收端在接收完MAC帧中的所有数据(包括有效数据和填充字段)后,再经过SIFS向发送端发送立即响应帧。这样,能够进一步延长接收端对PPDU的接收处理时间,保证接收端的处理时序满足SIFS时序要求,并且,能够放宽接收端的处理时序要求,使得接收端的接收处理更加灵活。As a feasible implementation manner, in the above S601, when the sending end generates the first PPDU, the sending end may perform MAC padding on the first PPDU. The details are as follows: when generating the MAC frame of the first PPDU, the MAC layer of the sending end may add a padding field after the valid data of the MAC frame, that is, add a part of invalid data bits after the MAC frame as a new MAC frame. As shown in FIG. 12 , after receiving valid data in the MAC frame (shown as DATA in FIG. 12 ), the receiving end can perform data verification and generate an immediate response frame. Then, after receiving all the data in the MAC frame (including valid data and filling fields), the receiving end sends an immediate response frame to the sending end through SIFS. In this way, the receiving and processing time of the PPDU at the receiving end can be further extended, the processing timing of the receiving end can be guaranteed to meet the SIFS timing requirement, and the processing timing requirement of the receiving end can be relaxed, making the receiving and processing of the receiving end more flexible.
作为一种可行的实施方式,在上述S601中,发送端在生成第一PPDU时,发送端可以对第一PPDU进行数据包扩展(packet extension,PE)填充。具体如下:As a feasible implementation manner, in the above S601, when the sending end generates the first PPDU, the sending end may perform packet extension (packet extension, PE) padding on the first PPDU. details as follows:
发送端的PHY可以在生成第一PPDU之后在第一PPDU尾部添加PE填充字段。接收端在接收第一PPDU时,可以在接收完第一PPDU中的PE填充字段以外的数据后,向MAC层发送获取到的MPDU,由接收端的MAC层进行数据校验以及生成立即响应帧。接收端的PHY在接收完第一PPDU中的所有数据后,再经过SIFS向发送端发送立即响应帧。这样,能够进一步延长接收端对PPDU的接收处理时间,保证接收端的处理时序满足SIFS时序要求,并且,能够放宽接收端的处理时序要求,使得接收端的接收处理更加灵活。The PHY at the sending end may add a PE padding field at the end of the first PPDU after generating the first PPDU. When receiving the first PPDU, the receiving end may send the obtained MPDU to the MAC layer after receiving the data other than the PE filling field in the first PPDU, and the MAC layer of the receiving end performs data verification and generates an immediate response frame. After receiving all the data in the first PPDU, the PHY at the receiving end sends an immediate response frame to the sending end through SIFS. In this way, the receiving and processing time of the PPDU at the receiving end can be further extended, the processing timing of the receiving end can be guaranteed to meet the SIFS timing requirement, and the processing timing requirement of the receiving end can be relaxed, making the receiving and processing of the receiving end more flexible.
其中,如图13所示,发送端在PHY层在发送第一PPDU时,为了对齐OFDM符号边界,可在PHY层对前馈纠错(forward error correction,FEC)输出比特(FEC output bits)添加一定长度的FEC后填充(post FEC padding),这部分数据无需进行LDPC/基站色码(binary convolutional code,BCC)编码,充当占位符,但需要进行OFDM调制,FEC output bits和post FEC padding经过调制后得到数据字段(data field);在将数据字段(也即是有效PPDU)发送完成后,可以额外添加一定长度的PE填充字段,PE填充字段无需经过物理层的编码调制,由物理层使用任意序列构造。接收端在接收第一PPDU时,可以根据HE-SIG-A或EHT-SIG中的纠前填充因子(pre-FEC padding factor)信息推断post FEC padding的长度;根据PPE阈值存在(PPE threshold present)字段和标称数据包填充(nominal packet padding)字段的长度推断PE的长度;根据L-长度(L-length)的长度推断得到数据字段(也即是有效数据)长度,接收完数据字段(也即是有效数据)最后一个比特后,进行数据校验, 并生成立即响应帧。其中,post FEC padding的长度不固定,与待发送的数据长度相关。Wherein, as shown in FIG. 13, when sending the first PPDU at the PHY layer, in order to align the OFDM symbol boundary, the sender may add feedforward error correction (forward error correction, FEC) output bits (FEC output bits) at the PHY layer Post FEC padding of a certain length, this part of the data does not need to be encoded by LDPC/base station color code (binary convolutional code, BCC) as a placeholder, but OFDM modulation is required, and the FEC output bits and post FEC padding go through After modulation, the data field (data field) is obtained; after the data field (that is, the effective PPDU) is sent, an additional PE padding field of a certain length can be added. The PE padding field does not need to be coded and modulated by the physical layer, and is used by the physical layer. Arbitrary sequence constructs. When receiving the first PPDU, the receiving end can infer the length of post FEC padding according to the pre-FEC padding factor (pre-FEC padding factor) information in HE-SIG-A or EHT-SIG; according to the PPE threshold present (PPE threshold present) field and the length of the nominal packet padding (nominal packet padding) field to infer the length of the PE; according to the length of the L-length (L-length) to infer the length of the data field (that is, valid data), after receiving the data field (also That is valid data) after the last bit, check the data and generate an immediate response frame. Among them, the length of post FEC padding is not fixed and is related to the length of the data to be sent.
其中,PE最长为16us/20us,这样,可为接收端额外争取16us/20us的处理时延。Among them, the maximum length of PE is 16us/20us. In this way, an additional 16us/20us processing delay can be obtained for the receiving end.
在一些可能的实施例中,在上述S601,发送端在生成第一PPDU的过程中,发送端可以不对第一PPDU进行MAC填充或PE填充,这样可以提高传输效率。In some possible embodiments, in the above S601, during the process of generating the first PPDU at the sending end, the sending end may not perform MAC padding or PE padding on the first PPDU, which can improve transmission efficiency.
在一些可能的实施例中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法可以适用于如下两个场景。In some possible embodiments, the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to the following two scenarios.
第一场景,一个发送端与一个接收端通信。In the first scenario, a sender communicates with a receiver.
参照上述图4,以AP1与STA1之间进行通信,AP1为发送端,STA1为接收端举例。AP1可以利用S601生成第一PPDU,该第一PPDU的帧头中携带第一字段,该第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。AP1向STA1发送该第一PPDU(如上述S602)。Referring to FIG. 4 above, take the communication between AP1 and STA1 as an example, AP1 is the sending end, and STA1 is the receiving end. AP1 may use S601 to generate a first PPDU, where a frame header of the first PPDU carries a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back. AP1 sends the first PPDU to STA1 (as in S602 above).
STA1对来自AP1的第一PPDU进行解析,确定第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段指示反馈立即响应帧时,可以生成第二PPDU中的第二字段,具体实施过程可以参照上述S603~S604。STA1 analyzes the first PPDU from AP1 and determines that the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU indicates an immediate response frame, and can generate the second field in the second PPDU. The specific implementation process can refer to the above S603-S604 .
STA1可以进一步解析第一PPDU的MPDU,并根据MPDU生产立即响应帧,以及根据立即响应帧生成第二PPDU中的第三字段,具体实施过程可以参照上述 S605~S607。STA1 can further analyze the MPDU of the first PPDU, generate an immediate response frame based on the MPDU, and generate the third field in the second PPDU based on the immediate response frame. For the specific implementation process, refer to the above S605-S607.
STA1可以向AP1发送第二PPDU,也即是依次向AP1发送第二PPDU的第二字段和第三字段,其中,该第二字段的发送功率由STA1确定,比如确定发送功率为最大功率,第二字段的发送带宽为第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示的发送带宽,比如,第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示的发送带宽为20MHz,那么第二字段的发送带宽为20MHz,也即是第二字段的发送带宽与第一PPDU的发送带宽可以相同。第三字段的发送功率可以由STA1确定,该第三字段的发送带宽可以为第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示的发送带宽,具体实施过程可以参照上述S608。STA1 may send the second PPDU to AP1, that is, send the second field and the third field of the second PPDU to AP1 in sequence, wherein the transmission power of the second field is determined by STA1, for example, the transmission power is determined to be the maximum power, the second The transmission bandwidth of the second field is the transmission bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU. For example, the transmission bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU is 20MHz, then the transmission bandwidth of the second field is 20MHz, that is, the transmission bandwidth of the first PPDU The sending bandwidth of the second field may be the same as the sending bandwidth of the first PPDU. The transmission power of the third field may be determined by STA1, and the transmission bandwidth of the third field may be the transmission bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU, and the specific implementation process may refer to the above S608.
AP1根据第三字段可以确定第一PPDU中MPDU的接收结果,如上述S609。AP1 may determine the receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the third field, as in S609 above.
其中,需要说明的是,第一场景中的发送端可以是AP也可以是STA,接收端可以是AP也可以是STA,本申请对此不作限定。Wherein, it should be noted that, in the first scenario, the sending end may be an AP or an STA, and the receiving end may be an AP or an STA, which is not limited in this application.
第二场景,一个发送端与多个接收端通信的场景,发送端是AP,多个接收端均为STA。In the second scenario, one sender communicates with multiple receivers, the sender is an AP, and the multiple receivers are STAs.
参照上述图4,以AP1分别与STA1~STA3之间进行通信,AP1为发送端,STA1~STA3均为接收端举例。AP1可以利用S601生成第一PPDU,如图14所示,第一PPDU的帧头中可以携带第一字段,该第一字段用于指示STA1~STA3均需要反馈立即响应帧,并且,在第一PPDU中还包括分别发送给STA1~STA3的A-MPDU。AP1向STA1~STA3发送该第一PPDU(如上述S602)。STA1~STA3均需要对该第一PPDU进行解析并向AP1反馈立即响应帧,如图15所示,STA1~STA3以OFDMA的传输模式向AP1反馈第二PPDU,STA1~STA3回复的第二PPDU中均包括立即响应帧(图15中为BA帧),下面以STA2为例解释该过程,可以理解, STA1与STA3的执行过程可以对应参照STA2的执行过程。Referring to the above FIG. 4 , it is taken as an example that AP1 communicates with STA1 ~ STA3 respectively, AP1 is the sending end, and STA1 ~ STA3 are receiving ends. AP1 can use S601 to generate the first PPDU, as shown in Figure 14, the frame header of the first PPDU can carry the first field, the first field is used to indicate that STA1~STA3 need to feed back the immediate response frame, and, in the first PPDU The PPDU also includes A-MPDUs sent to STA1-STA3 respectively. AP1 sends the first PPDU to STA1-STA3 (such as S602 above). STA1~STA3 need to analyze the first PPDU and feed back an immediate response frame to AP1. As shown in Figure 15, STA1~STA3 feed back the second PPDU to AP1 in OFDMA transmission mode, and the second PPDU replied by STA1~STA3 Both include an immediate response frame (BA frame in FIG. 15 ). The process is explained below by taking STA2 as an example. It can be understood that the execution process of STA1 and STA3 can refer to the execution process of STA2.
对于STA2,STA2可以对来自AP1的第一PPDU进行解析,确定第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段指示STA2反馈立即响应帧时,可以生成第二PPDU中的第二字段,并向AP1发送该第二字段,具体实施过程可以参照上述S603~S604。For STA2, STA2 can analyze the first PPDU from AP1, and when it is determined that the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU indicates that STA2 feeds back an immediate response frame, it can generate the second field in the second PPDU and send it to AP1 For the second field, the specific implementation process can refer to the above S603-S604.
STA2可以进一步解析第一PPDU的A-MPDU,并根据A-MPDU生产立即响应帧,以及根据立即响应帧生成第二PPDU中的第三字段,具体实施过程可以参照上述S605~S607。STA2 can further analyze the A-MPDU of the first PPDU, generate an immediate response frame based on the A-MPDU, and generate the third field in the second PPDU based on the immediate response frame. For specific implementation processes, refer to the above S605-S607.
STA2可以向AP1发送第二PPDU,也即是依次向AP1发送第二PPDU的第二字段和第三字段,其中,该第二字段的发送功率可以由STA2确定,比如确定发送功率为最大功率,第二字段的发送带宽为第一PPDU的帧头的BW字段和RU allocation字段指示,比如,第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示的发送带宽为26-tone RU 1,那么第二字段的发送带宽为26-tone RU 1所在的20MHz。该第三字段的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU包含的MPDU中的RU allocation字段指示,比如第三字段的发送带宽由Trigger帧中的RU allocation字段指示,或者由MPDU中的TRS控制字段中的RU allocation字段指示,该第三字段的发送功率可以由A-MPDU中的TRS Control字段或Trigger帧指示。其中,MPDU中的RU allocation字段指示的值与第一PPDU的帧头的RU allocation字段指示的值相同,具体实施过程可以参照上述S608。STA2 may send the second PPDU to AP1, that is, send the second field and the third field of the second PPDU to AP1 in sequence, where the transmission power of the second field may be determined by STA2, for example, determine that the transmission power is the maximum power, The transmission bandwidth of the second field is indicated by the BW field and RU allocation field of the frame header of the first PPDU. For example, the transmission bandwidth indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU is 26-tone RU 1, then the transmission bandwidth of the second field It is 20MHz where 26-tone RU 1 is located. The transmission bandwidth of the third field can be indicated by the RU allocation field in the MPDU contained in the first PPDU. For example, the transmission bandwidth of the third field is indicated by the RU allocation field in the Trigger frame, or by the RU in the TRS control field in the MPDU The allocation field indicates that the transmission power of the third field can be indicated by the TRS Control field or the Trigger frame in the A-MPDU. Wherein, the value indicated by the RU allocation field in the MPDU is the same as the value indicated by the RU allocation field in the frame header of the first PPDU, and the specific implementation process can refer to the above S608.
AP1根据第三字段可以确定第一PPDU中A-MPDU的接收结果,如上述S609。AP1 may determine the receiving result of the A-MPDU in the first PPDU according to the third field, as in S609 above.
可以理解,第二场景为下行OFDMA场景,且每个STA均未使用MU-MIMO。It can be understood that the second scenario is a downlink OFDMA scenario, and each STA does not use MU-MIMO.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从接收端、发送端的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,接收端、发送端可以包括硬件结构、软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能可以以硬件结构、软件模块、或者硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided in the present application, the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspectives of the receiving end and the sending end respectively. In order to realize the various functions in the method provided by the above embodiments of the present application, the receiving end and the transmitting end may include a hardware structure and a software module, and realize the above-mentioned functions in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. A certain function among the above-mentioned functions may be implemented in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
请参阅图16,图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的模块示意图,通信装置1600可以包括处理模块1601和收发模块1602。该通信装置1600的处理模块1601可以为处理器,该通信装置1600的收发模块1602可以为收发器。Please refer to FIG. 16 . FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of modules of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1600 may include a processing module 1601 and a transceiver module 1602 . The processing module 1601 of the communication device 1600 may be a processor, and the transceiver module 1602 of the communication device 1600 may be a transceiver.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置1600可以为接收端。该通信装置1600例如可以是接入点或站点,或者该通信装置部署在接入点或站点。As a possible implementation manner, the communications apparatus 1600 may be a receiving end. The communication device 1600 may be, for example, an access point or a station, or the communication device is deployed at an access point or a station.
其中,收发模块1602,用于接收第一PPDU。处理模块1601,用于解析第一PPDU的帧头,该帧头中包括第一字段,该第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。Wherein, the transceiver module 1602 is configured to receive the first PPDU. The processing module 1601 is configured to parse the frame header of the first PPDU, where the frame header includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back.
在一些可能的设计中,处理模块1601,还用于解析第一PPDU中的MPDU。处理模块1601,还用于根据MPDU生成立即响应帧,该立即响应帧用于指示MPDU的接收结果。In some possible designs, the processing module 1601 is also configured to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU. The processing module 1601 is further configured to generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, where the immediate response frame is used to indicate a receiving result of the MPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧、NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。In some possible designs, an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。In some possible designs, the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
在一些可能的设计中,处理模块1601,还用于根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU中的第二字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF;或者,处理模块1601,还用于根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括该第二字段。In some possible designs, the processing module 1601 is further configured to generate the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or, The processing module 1601 is further configured to generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second PPDU includes the second field.
可选地,立即响应帧承载在第二PPDU中。Optionally, the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置1600可以为发送端。该通信装置1600例如可以是接入点或站点,或者该通信装置部署在接入点或站点。As another possible implementation manner, the communications apparatus 1600 may be a sending end. The communication device 1600 may be, for example, an access point or a station, or the communication device is deployed at an access point or a station.
其中,处理模块1601,用于生成第一PPDU。其中,第一PPDU的帧头中包括第一字段,第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。收发模块1602,用于发送第一PPDU。Wherein, the processing module 1601 is configured to generate the first PPDU. Wherein, the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back. A transceiver module 1602, configured to send the first PPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧、NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。In some possible designs, an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。In some possible designs, the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
在一些可能的设计中,收发模块1602,还用于接收第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括第二字段和第三字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF,第三字段包括立即响应帧。In some possible designs, the transceiver module 1602 is also configured to receive a second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, and the third field includes an immediate response frame .
进一步地,处理模块1601,还用于根据第二PPDU确定第一PPDU中MPDU的接收结果。Further, the processing module 1601 is further configured to determine the receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the second PPDU.
其中,上述各通信装置实施例的相关内容可参见上述方法实施例的相关内容。此处不再详述。For the relevant content of the foregoing communication device embodiments, reference may be made to the relevant content of the foregoing method embodiments. No more details here.
请参照图17,图17为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的模块示意图,该通信装置1700包括物理帧生成模块1703、物理帧解调模块1704、射频发送链路模块1705和射频接收链路模块1706、MAC帧生成模块1701和MAC帧接收模块1702。物理帧生成模块1703、物理帧解调模块1704、射频发送链路模块1705、射频接收链路模块1706用于实现PHY功能,MAC帧生成模块1701和MAC帧接收模块1702用于实现MAC层功能。Please refer to Figure 17, Figure 17 is a block diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 1700 includes a physical frame generation module 1703, a physical frame demodulation module 1704, a radio frequency transmission link module 1705 and a radio frequency A link module 1706 , a MAC frame generating module 1701 and a MAC frame receiving module 1702 . The physical frame generation module 1703, the physical frame demodulation module 1704, the radio frequency transmission link module 1705, and the radio frequency reception link module 1706 are used to realize the PHY function, and the MAC frame generation module 1701 and the MAC frame reception module 1702 are used to realize the MAC layer function.
作为一种可能的实现方式,射频接收链路模块1706,用于接收第一PPDU;物理 帧解调模块1704,用于解析第一PPDU的帧头,该帧头中包括第一字段,该第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。As a possible implementation, the radio frequency receiving link module 1706 is configured to receive the first PPDU; the physical frame demodulation module 1704 is configured to parse the frame header of the first PPDU, the frame header includes a first field, the first PPDU One field is used to indicate feedback immediate response frame.
在一些可能的设计中,MAC帧接收模块1702,用于解析第一PPDU中的MPDU。MAC帧生成模块1701,用于根据MPDU生成立即响应帧,该立即响应帧用于指示MPDU的接收结果。In some possible designs, the MAC frame receiving module 1702 is configured to parse the MPDU in the first PPDU. The MAC frame generating module 1701 is configured to generate an immediate response frame according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate the receiving result of the MPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧、NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。In some possible designs, an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。In some possible designs, the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
在一些可能的设计中,物理帧生成模块1703,用于根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU中的第二字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF;或者,物理帧生成模块1703,用于根据第一PPDU的帧头中的第一字段生成第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括该第二字段。In some possible designs, the physical frame generation module 1703 is configured to generate the second field in the second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF; or , a physical frame generating module 1703, configured to generate a second PPDU according to the first field in the frame header of the first PPDU, where the second PPDU includes the second field.
可选地,立即响应帧承载在第二PPDU中。Optionally, the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,MAC帧生成模块1701和物理帧生成模块1703,用于生成第一PPDU。其中,第一PPDU的帧头中包括第一字段,第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。射频发送链路模块1705,用于发送第一PPDU。As another possible implementation manner, the MAC frame generating module 1701 and the physical frame generating module 1703 are configured to generate the first PPDU. Wherein, the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back. The radio frequency sending link module 1705 is configured to send the first PPDU.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以承载于第二PPDU。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may be carried in the second PPDU.
可选地,第二PPDU还可以包括L-STF和L-LTF。Optionally, the second PPDU may also include L-STF and L-LTF.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送带宽可以由第一PPDU的帧头的BW指示。Further, the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be indicated by the BW of the frame header of the first PPDU.
进一步地,L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以由接收端确定,或者L-STF和L-LTF的发送功率可以为默认功率,比如默认功率可以是最大功率。Further, the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be determined by the receiving end, or the sending power of the L-STF and the L-LTF may be a default power, for example, the default power may be the maximum power.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括如下任意一项:ACK帧、BA帧、NACK帧、NDP BA帧、BA TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、QoS+CF-ACK帧。In some possible designs, the immediate response frame may include any of the following: ACK frame, BA frame, NACK frame, NDP BA frame, BA TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, QoS+CF-ACK frame.
在一些可能的设计中,立即响应帧可以包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。In some possible designs, an immediate response frame may include a type field, a subtype field, and a control frame extension field.
在一些可能的设计中,第一字段承载于如下任意一种:U-SIG、EHT-SIG的公共字段或EHT-SIG的用户字段。In some possible designs, the first field is carried by any one of the following: U-SIG, common field of EHT-SIG or user field of EHT-SIG.
在一些可能的设计中,射频接收链路模块1706,用于接收第二PPDU,第二PPDU包括第二字段和第三字段,第二字段包括L-STF和L-LTF,第三字段包括立即响应帧。In some possible designs, the radio frequency receiving link module 1706 is configured to receive the second PPDU, the second PPDU includes a second field and a third field, the second field includes L-STF and L-LTF, and the third field includes immediate response frame.
进一步地,物理帧解调模块1704,用于解析第二PPDU;MAC帧接收模块1702用于根据第二PPDU中的MPDU确定第一PPDU中MPDU的接收结果。Further, the physical frame demodulation module 1704 is configured to parse the second PPDU; the MAC frame receiving module 1702 is configured to determine a receiving result of the MPDU in the first PPDU according to the MPDU in the second PPDU.
为了便于说明,参见图18,图18是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图,该通信装置1800包括处理器1801和收发器1802。该通信装置1800可以为第一MLD或第二MLD,或其中的芯片。图18仅示出了通信装置1800的主要部件。除处理器1801和收发器1802之外,所述通信装置还可以进一步包括存储器1803、以及输入输出装置(图未示意)。For ease of description, refer to FIG. 18 . FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1800 includes a processor 1801 and a transceiver 1802 . The communication device 1800 may be the first MLD or the second MLD, or a chip therein. FIG. 18 shows only the main components of the communication device 1800 . In addition to the processor 1801 and the transceiver 1802, the communication device may further include a memory 1803 and an input and output device (not shown in the figure).
其中,处理器1801主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器1803主要用于存储软件程序和数据。收发器1802可以包括射频电路和天线,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。Wherein, the processor 1801 is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. The memory 1803 is mainly used to store software programs and data. The transceiver 1802 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna, and the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting a baseband signal to a radio frequency signal and processing the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
其中,处理器1801、收发器1802、以及存储器1803可以通过通信总线连接。Wherein, the processor 1801, the transceiver 1802, and the memory 1803 may be connected through a communication bus.
当通信装置开机后,处理器1801可以读取存储器1803中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器1801对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1801,处理器1801将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device is turned on, the processor 1801 can read the software program in the memory 1803, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 1801 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. When data is sent to the communication device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1801, and the processor 1801 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data deal with.
在另一种实现中,所述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。本申请还提供了一种芯片,其可以通过执行计程序或指令以实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。In another implementation, the radio frequency circuit and the antenna can be set independently from the processor for baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely from the communication device. . The present application also provides a chip, which can realize the functions of any one of the above method embodiments by executing computer programs or instructions.
通信装置可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信装置可以是:A communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device. For example the communication device may be:
(1)独立的集成电路IC,或芯片,或,芯片系统或子系统;(1) Stand-alone integrated circuits ICs, or chips, or chip systems or subsystems;
(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选的,该IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,指令的存储部件;(2) A set of one or more ICs, optionally, the set of ICs may also include storage components for storing data and instructions;
(3)ASIC,例如调制解调器(Modem);(3) ASIC, such as modem (Modem);
(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;(4) Modules that can be embedded in other devices;
(5)接收机、智能终端、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;(5) Receivers, smart terminals, wireless devices, handsets, mobile units, vehicle-mounted devices, cloud devices, artificial intelligence devices, etc.;
(6)其他等等。(6) Others and so on.
当本申请实施例的通信装置的具体实现是芯片时,该芯片可以由处理器实现,该处理器可用于进行,例如但不限于,基带相关处理,所述芯片还可以包括收发器,该收发器可用于进行,例如但不限于,射频收发。上述器件可以分别设置在彼此独立的芯片上,也可以至少部分的或者全部的设置在同一块芯片上。例如,处理器可以进一步划分为模拟基带处理器和数字基带处理器。其中,模拟基带处理器可以与收发器集成在同一块芯片上,数字基带处理器可以设置在独立的芯片上。随着集成电路技术的不断发展,可以在同一块芯片上集成的器件越来越多,例如,数字基带处理器可以与 多种应用处理器(例如但不限于图形处理器,多媒体处理器等)集成在同一块芯片之上。这样的芯片可以称为系统芯片(system on chip)。将各个器件独立设置在不同的芯片上,还是整合设置在一个或者多个芯片上,往往取决于产品设计的具体需要。本发明实施例对上述器件的具体实现形式不做限定。When the specific implementation of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application is a chip, the chip can be implemented by a processor, and the processor can be used to perform, for example but not limited to, baseband-related processing, and the chip can also include a transceiver, the transceiver Transceivers may be used to perform, for example but not limited to, radio frequency transceiving. The above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on independent chips, or at least partly or all of them may be arranged on the same chip. For example, processors can be further divided into analog baseband processors and digital baseband processors. Wherein, the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on an independent chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip. For example, a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) integrated on the same chip. Such a chip can be called a system chip (system on chip). Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated and arranged on one or more chips often depends on the specific needs of product design. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit the specific implementation forms of the foregoing devices.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机可读存储介质被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed by a computer, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any one of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
本申请还提供一种芯片或芯片系统。该芯片或芯片系统包括处理逻辑电路和接口电路。其中,处理逻辑电路的数量可以是一个或多个,接口电路的数量可以是一个或多个。其中,接口电路,用于接收代码指令并传输至所述处理逻辑电路。处理逻辑电路用于运行上述代码指令以实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a chip or a chip system. The chip or system-on-a-chip includes processing logic circuits and interface circuits. Wherein, the number of processing logic circuits may be one or more, and the number of interface circuits may be one or more. Wherein, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processing logic circuit. The processing logic circuit is configured to run the above-mentioned code instructions to realize the functions of any one of the above-mentioned method embodiments.
可选的,该芯片可以包括存储器,该存储器可以与处理逻辑电路集成在一起,也可以分开设置。该存储器可以用于存储上述任一方法实施例所涉及的计算机程序和/或数据。Optionally, the chip may include a memory, and the memory may be integrated with the processing logic circuit or set separately. The memory may be used to store computer programs and/or data involved in any of the above method embodiments.
在本申请中,芯片或芯片系统可以位于接收端或发送端,可以位于一个通信系统中的AP也可以是STA。其中,芯片位于接收端时用于实现上述任一方法实施例中接收端的功能,芯片位于发送端时用于实现上述任一方法实施例中发送端的功能。In this application, the chip or the chip system may be located at the receiving end or the transmitting end, and may be located in an AP in a communication system or an STA. Wherein, when the chip is located at the receiving end, it is used to realize the functions of the receiving end in any of the above method embodiments, and when the chip is located at the sending end, it is used to realize the functions of the sending end in any of the above method embodiments.
本申请说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”和“第三”等是用于区别不同对象,而不是用于限定特定顺序。The terms "first", "second" and "third" in the specification and claims of the present application and the above drawings are used to distinguish different objects, rather than to limit a specific order.
在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design scheme described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。“和/或”描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。此外,对于单数形式“a”,“an”和“the”出现的元素(element),除非上下文另有明确规定,否则其不意味着“一个或仅一个”,而是意味着“一个或多于一个”。例如,“a device”意味着对一个或多个这样的device。再者,至少一个(at least one of).......”意味着后续关联对象中的一个或任意组合,例如“A、B和C中的至少一个”包括A,B,C,AB,AC,BC,或ABC。"Multiple" means two or more than two, and other quantifiers are similar. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently. Furthermore, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" do not mean "one or only one" but "one or more" unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. in one". For example, "a device" means reference to one or more such devices. Furthermore, at least one (at least one of)......." means one or any combination of subsequent associated objects, such as "at least one of A, B and C" includes A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, or ABC.
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的 组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络设备或终端设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备或终端设备中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory (random access memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or known in the art any other form of storage medium. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium can also be a component of the processor. The processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC. In addition, the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device. Certainly, the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the network device or the terminal device as discrete components.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD);还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘(solid state drive,SSD)。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices. The computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media. Described usable medium can be magnetic medium, for example, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape; It can also be optical medium, for example, digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD); It can also be semiconductor medium, for example, solid state drive (solid state drive) , SSD).
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that the various numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic.
本申请中,除特殊说明外,各个实施例之间相同或相似的部分可以互相参考。在本申请中各个实施例、以及各实施例中的各个实施方式/实施方法/实现方法中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间、以及各实施例中的各个实施方式/实施方法/实现方法之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例、以及各实施例中的各个实施方式/实施方法/实现方法中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例、实施方式、实施方法、或实现方法。以下所述的本申请实施方式并不构成对本申请保护范围的限定。In this application, unless otherwise specified, the parts that are the same or similar among the various embodiments can be referred to each other. In the various embodiments in this application, and the various implementation methods/implementation methods/implementation methods in each embodiment, if there is no special description and logical conflict, different embodiments, and each implementation method/implementation method in each embodiment The terms and/or descriptions between implementation methods/implementation methods are consistent and can be referred to each other. Different embodiments, and the technical features in each implementation manner/implementation method/implementation method in each embodiment are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments, implementation modes, implementation methods, or implementation methods. The following embodiments of the present application are not intended to limit the protection scope of the present application.
可以理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It is to be understood that references to "an embodiment" throughout the specification mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, various embodiments are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment throughout the specification. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It can be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the serial numbers of the processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.

Claims (22)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;receiving a first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU;
    解析所述第一PPDU的帧头,所述帧头中包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。Parsing the frame header of the first PPDU, where the frame header includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate that an immediate response frame is fed back.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述解析所述第一PPDU的帧头之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein, after parsing the frame header of the first PPDU, the method further comprises:
    解析所述第一PPDU中的媒体接入控制MAC协议数据单元MPDU;Parsing the media access control MAC protocol data unit MPDU in the first PPDU;
    根据所述MPDU生成所述立即响应帧,所述立即响应帧用于指示所述MPDU的接收结果。The immediate response frame is generated according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate a receiving result of the MPDU.
  3. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;所述第一PPDU的帧头中包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧;Generate a first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU; the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate a feedback immediate response frame;
    发送所述第一PPDU。sending the first PPDU.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述立即响应帧承载于第二PPDU。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二PPDU还包括传统短训练字段L-STF和传统长训练字段L-LTF。The method according to claim 4, wherein the second PPDU further includes a traditional short training field L-STF and a traditional long training field L-LTF.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述L-STF和所述L-LTF的发送带宽由所述第一PPDU的帧头的带宽字段指示。The method according to claim 5, wherein the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF is indicated by a bandwidth field of a frame header of the first PPDU.
  7. 根据权利要1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述立即响应帧包括如下任意一项:确认ACK帧、块确认BA帧、否定确认NACK帧、空数据包NDP BA帧、BA目标唤醒时间TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、服务质量QoS+免竞争CF-ACK帧。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the immediate response frame includes any one of the following: acknowledgment ACK frame, block acknowledgment BA frame, negative acknowledgment NACK frame, empty data packet NDP BA frame , BA target wake-up time TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, quality of service QoS+ contention-free CF-ACK frame.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述立即响应帧包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the immediate response frame includes a type field, a subtype field and a control frame extension field.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段承载于如下任意一种:通用信令字段U-SIG、极高吞吐率信令字段EHT-SIG的公共字段或所述EHT-SIG的用户字段。The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the first field is carried in any one of the following: the general signaling field U-SIG, the extremely high throughput signaling field EHT-SIG Public fields or user fields of the EHT-SIG.
  10. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:处理模块和收发模块;A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module;
    所述收发模块,用于接收第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;The transceiver module is used to receive the first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU;
    所述处理模块,用于解析所述第一PPDU的帧头,所述帧头中包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧。The processing module is configured to parse the frame header of the first PPDU, where the frame header includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate a feedback immediate response frame.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块,还用于解析所述第一PPDU中的媒体接入控制MAC协议数据单元MPDU;The device according to claim 10, wherein the processing module is further configured to parse the Media Access Control MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) in the first PPDU;
    所述处理模块,还用于根据所述MPDU生成所述立即响应帧,所述立即响应帧用于指示所述MPDU的接收结果。The processing module is further configured to generate the immediate response frame according to the MPDU, and the immediate response frame is used to indicate a receiving result of the MPDU.
  12. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:处理模块和收发模块;A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a processing module and a transceiver module;
    所述处理模块,用于生成第一物理层协议数据单元PPDU;所述第一PPDU的帧头中包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于指示反馈立即响应帧;The processing module is configured to generate a first physical layer protocol data unit PPDU; the frame header of the first PPDU includes a first field, and the first field is used to indicate a feedback immediate response frame;
    所述收发模块,用于发送所述第一PPDU。The transceiver module is configured to send the first PPDU.
  13. 根据权利要求10-12中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述立即响应帧承载于第二PPDU。The device according to any one of claims 10-12, wherein the immediate response frame is carried in the second PPDU.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二PPDU还包括传统短训练字段L-STF和传统长训练字段L-LTF。The device according to claim 13, wherein the second PPDU further includes a traditional short training field L-STF and a traditional long training field L-LTF.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述L-STF和所述L-LTF的发送带宽由所述第一PPDU的帧头的带宽字段指示。The device according to claim 14, wherein the transmission bandwidth of the L-STF and the L-LTF is indicated by a bandwidth field of a frame header of the first PPDU.
  16. 根据权利要求10-15中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述立即响应帧包括如下任意一项:确认ACK帧、块确认BA帧、否定确认NACK帧、空数据包NDP BA帧、BA目标唤醒时间TWT帧、TWT ACK帧、短TWT ACK帧、服务质量QoS+免竞争CF-ACK帧。The device according to any one of claims 10-15, wherein the immediate response frame includes any one of the following: acknowledgment ACK frame, block acknowledgment BA frame, negative acknowledgment NACK frame, empty data packet NDP BA frame , BA target wake-up time TWT frame, TWT ACK frame, short TWT ACK frame, quality of service QoS+ contention-free CF-ACK frame.
  17. 根据权利要求10-16中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述立即响应帧包括类型字段、子类型字段和控制帧扩展字段。The device according to any one of claims 10-16, wherein the immediate response frame includes a type field, a subtype field and a control frame extension field.
  18. 根据权利要求10-17中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一字段承载于如下任意一种:通用信令字段U-SIG、极高吞吐率信令字段EHT-SIG的公共字段或极高吞吐率信令字段EHT-SIG的用户字段。The device according to any one of claims 10-17, wherein the first field is carried in any one of the following: the general signaling field U-SIG, the extremely high throughput signaling field EHT-SIG Common field or user field of the very high throughput signaling field EHT-SIG.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和收发器,当所述处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processor and a transceiver, and when the processor executes a computer program or an instruction in a memory, the method described in any one of claims 1-9 is executed.
  20. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,所述计算机指令指示通信装置执行权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and the computer instructions instruct a communication device to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-9.
  21. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括指令,当所述指令被处理器运行时执行权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes instructions, and when the instructions are executed by a processor, the method according to any one of claims 1-9 is executed.
  22. 一种芯片,其特征在于,所述芯片包括逻辑电路和接口电路,当所述逻辑电路执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法被执行。A chip, characterized in that the chip includes a logic circuit and an interface circuit, and when the logic circuit executes the computer program or instructions in the memory, the method described in any one of claims 1-9 is executed.
PCT/CN2022/116586 2021-09-08 2022-09-01 Communication method and apparatus WO2023036050A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111052078.4A CN115801918A (en) 2021-09-08 2021-09-08 Communication method and device
CN202111052078.4 2021-09-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023036050A1 true WO2023036050A1 (en) 2023-03-16

Family

ID=85473432

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/116586 WO2023036050A1 (en) 2021-09-08 2022-09-01 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115801918A (en)
WO (1) WO2023036050A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070171933A1 (en) * 2006-01-23 2007-07-26 Interdigital Technology Corporation Medium access control and physical layer headers for high throughput data in wlan systems
US20160242177A1 (en) * 2015-02-17 2016-08-18 Newracom, Inc. Method and apparatus for frame exchange in a high efficiency wireless lan
CN107113091A (en) * 2014-12-19 2017-08-29 高通股份有限公司 Transmission technology for realizing immediate acknowledgment
CN107113834A (en) * 2014-12-19 2017-08-29 高通股份有限公司 The immediate acknowledgment resource allocation of PHY and MAC signalings with mixing
CN107771376A (en) * 2015-09-08 2018-03-06 Lg电子株式会社 The method and its equipment of data are sent in wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070171933A1 (en) * 2006-01-23 2007-07-26 Interdigital Technology Corporation Medium access control and physical layer headers for high throughput data in wlan systems
CN107113091A (en) * 2014-12-19 2017-08-29 高通股份有限公司 Transmission technology for realizing immediate acknowledgment
CN107113834A (en) * 2014-12-19 2017-08-29 高通股份有限公司 The immediate acknowledgment resource allocation of PHY and MAC signalings with mixing
US20160242177A1 (en) * 2015-02-17 2016-08-18 Newracom, Inc. Method and apparatus for frame exchange in a high efficiency wireless lan
CN107771376A (en) * 2015-09-08 2018-03-06 Lg电子株式会社 The method and its equipment of data are sent in wireless communication system

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
YOUNG HOON KWON (HUAWEI): "Response Frame Indication ; 11-13-0296-00-00ah-response-frame-indication", IEEE SA MENTOR; 11-13-0296-00-00AH-RESPONSE-FRAME-INDICATION, IEEE-SA MENTOR, PISCATAWAY, NJ USA, vol. 802.11ah, no. 0, 18 March 2013 (2013-03-18), Piscataway, NJ USA , pages 1 - 12, XP068053716 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115801918A (en) 2023-03-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3968731B1 (en) Communication method applicable to multiple links, and related devices
US10887915B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting downlink in wireless communication system
EP2471193B1 (en) Method and apparatus for multiple frame transmission for supporting mu-mimo
CN107078858B (en) Method for transmitting and receiving multi-user block acknowledgement frame in wireless LAN system and apparatus therefor
US10057747B2 (en) 5G MB connectivity acknowledgement aggregation
CN110089148B (en) Aggregated MPDU, method for transmitting response frame thereto, and wireless communication terminal using the same
US11387965B2 (en) Method for replying with acknowledgement frame, apparatus, and data transmission system
CN108886712B (en) Wireless communication method supporting multi-user tandem transmission and wireless communication terminal using the same
US10313082B2 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving acknowledgment/negative-acknowledgment signal for uplink multi-user data in wireless LAN system and apparatus therefor
US11558819B2 (en) Power save for multi-user (MU) operation
EP3780447A1 (en) Harq technology-based communication method, device, and system
US11509419B2 (en) Acknowledgement and retransmission techniques utilizing secondary wireless channel
CA3237147A1 (en) Antenna channel sounding method, apparatus, and storage medium
WO2023036050A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021244647A1 (en) Method for sending trigger frame, method for receiving trigger frame, and communication apparatus
CN114760012A (en) Multicast feedback method, device and system
TWI826014B (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, communication system, computer readable storage medium, computer program product and chip
TW202420756A (en) An antenna channel sounding method, apparatus, and a storage medium
CN118338462A (en) Communication method suitable for multiple links and related equipment
CN118338463A (en) Communication method suitable for multiple links and related equipment
CN118338464A (en) Communication method suitable for multiple links and related equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22866514

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE